Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14...

97
Full-time Programme Code : 41373 2013/2014 DEFINITIVE PROGRAMME DOCUMENT Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering 2013/2014 Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering (41373) Aug.2013 HD in Electrical Engineering 2013 — 2014 機工程學系 Department of Electrical Engineering

Transcript of Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14...

Page 1: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

Full-time

Programme Code : 41373

2013/2014

DEFINITIVE PROGRAMME DOCUMENT

Higher Diploma

in Electrical Engineering

2013/2014 Higher D

iploma in E

lectrical Engineering (41373)

Aug.2013

HD

in E

lect

rical

Eng

inee

ring

2013

— 2

014

機工程學系

Department of

Electrical Engineering

Page 2: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum
Page 3: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

i

HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14

CONTENTS

Page

(A) Introduction

A1 Preamble 1

A2 General Information 1

A3 Curriculum 3

A4 Specified Progression Pattern 7

(B) Philosophy and objectives

B1 Programme Philosophy 13

B2 Programme Objectives 13

B3 Programme Outcomes 14

B4 Subject Support to Programme Outcomes 18

(C) Educational and assessment methodologies

C1 Teaching and learning 20

C2 Industrial centre training 22

C3 Student Feedback Questionnaire (SFQ) 23

(D) Admission, Registration and Assessment

D1 Admission/Registration 24

D2 Concurrent enrolment 24

D3 Subject Registration and withdrawal 24

D4 Study load 25

D5 Subject exemption 25

Page 4: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

ii

D6 Credit Transfer 25

D7 Deferment of study 26

D8 General Assessment Regulations 26

D9 Principles of assessment 27

D10 Assessment methods 27

D11 Progression / Academic Probation / Deregistration 28

D12 Retaking subjects 29

D13 Absence from an assessment component 29

D14 Aegrotat award 30

D15 Grading 30

D16 Different types of GPAs 33

D17 Compulsory graduation 35

D18 Guidelines for award classification 35

D19 Classification of awards 36

D20 Examination result announcements, transcripts, testimonials

and references 36

Appendix I Subject Description Forms

This Definitive Programme Document is subject to review and changes which the Programme Host Faculty/Department can decide to make from time to time. Students will be informed of the changes as and when appropriate.

Important

Page 5: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

1

PART A : INTRODUCTION

A 1 Preamble

A 1.1 PROGRAMME AIMS The programme aims to provide the students with a sound education in electrical engineering. The programme is designed to produce engineering technologists/technicians who will be able to practice electrical engineering with competence in Hong Kong, China and the neighboring regions. The programme emphasizes on foundation level knowledge and its applications, practical skills, problem-solving ability, and team-work spirit.

The new two year Higher Diploma (HD) Programme aligns its intake with the graduates coming from the New Senior Secondary Curriculum (NSS) and the Hong Kong Institute of Vocational Education (IVE). This new HD Programme also paves the way for graduates to further their study for a professional qualification. Graduates could obtain up to two years of exemption for the study of a four-year Honors degree programme of similar discipline.

A 2 General Information - Higher Diploma Programme

A 2.1 PROGRAMME CODE AND TITLE

41373 - Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering

A 2.2 DURATION AND MODE OF ATTENDANCE

Normally 2 years Full-time. The maximum period of registration is 4 years.

A 2.3 FINAL AWARD

Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering

A 2.4 IMPLEMENTATION DATE

Since September 2012

Page 6: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

2

A 2.5 MINIMUM ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS

For those applying on the basis of HKDSE

• Mathematics;

, the candidate should satisfy the University's General Entrance Requirements of 5 HKDSE subjects at Level 2 including English Language and Chinese Language. There is no compulsory subject requirement. Preferred elective subjects for the programme include:

• Extended modules of Mathematics;

• Information & Communication Technology;

• Physics, Biology, Chemistry, and Combined Science.

For those applying on the basis of HKALE

• HKALE Grade E or above in 1 of the following subjects: Physics; Engineering Science; Pure Mathematics; Applied Mathematics; Chemistry and Computer Studies; OR

, the subject requirements are:

• HKALE (AS-Level) Grade E or above in 2 of the following subjects: Physics; Design & Technology; Mathematics & Statistics; Applied Mathematics; Chemistry; Computer Applications and Electronics;

AND

• HKCEE Grade D or above in Mathematics or Additional Mathematics (only required for applicants without E in HKALE Applied Mathematics or Pure Mathematics; OR in HKALE (AS-Level) Applied Mathematics or Mathematics & Statistics); AND

• HKCEE Grade E or above in Physics or Engineering Science (only required for applicants without E in HKALE Physics or Engineering Science; OR in HKALE (AS-Level) Physics or Design & Technology).

For those applying on the basis of other qualifications, the specified qualifications are:

• Diploma in Electrical Engineering or in Electronics & Communications Engineering; OR

• Higher Certificate in Electrical Engineering or in Electronic Engineering.

Page 7: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

3

A 3 Curriculum

The time-tabled student hours for each subject and the type of activity (lecture [Lt], tutorial [Tu] and laboratory [Lab]) are given in the Table A3.1, A3.2 and A3.3. The abbreviations used in these tables are:

AMA Applied Mathematics AP Applied Physics

CBS Chinese & Bilingual Studies EE Electrical Engineering

ELC English Language Centre ENG Engineering Faculty

GEC General Education Centre IC Industrial Centre

Subjects are referenced by a Departmental prefix (e.g. EE corresponds to Electrical Engineering) followed by a reference number. Each subject is also categorised as non-deferrable (Non-Def) or deferrable (Def). In the reference numbers, the first digit (i.e. 1,2,3 or 4) indicates the level of the subject.

‘Non-def’ are those subjects which form the backbone of the vertical integration must be taken by every student in the prescribed semester, unless prevented from doing so due to non-compliance with prerequisities.

‘Def’ are those subjects which must be satisfactorily completed before the student becomes eligible for an award but the timing of the subject is determined by the student. Tables in Section A4 show the times (semester) in which these subjects are recommended to be taken if the programmes are to be completed in the minimum time.

Page 8: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

4

Table A3.1

Level 0 and 1 Curriculum

Assessment Method

Teaching Department

Contact Hours

Credits GPA

Weight (Wi)

Subject Code

Subject Title Lt/Tu

Lab Continuous Assessment

Exam

Non Def Subjects

AMA1100 Basic Mathematics - an introduction to Algebra and Differential Calculus

AMA 28 - 2 0.2 40% 60%

AMA1101 Calculus I AMA 56 - 4 0.2 40% 60% AMA1102 Calculus IA AMA 56 - 4 0.2 40% 60% AMA1103 Introductory Linear Algebra AMA 28 - 2 0.2 40% 60% AMA1104 Introductory Probability AMA 28 - 2 0.2 40% 60% AP00002 Foundation Physics I AP 42 - 3 - 40% 60% AP00003 Foundation Physics II AP 42 - 3 - 40% 60% AP10004 Physics Experiment AP - 36 1 0.2 100% - AP10008 University Physics I AP 42 - 3 0.2 40% 60% AP10009 University Physics II AP 42 - 3 0.2 40% 60%

CBS1101P Fundamentals of Chinese Communication

CBS 42 - 3 0.2 60% 40%

CBS1102P

CBS1103P

Advanced Communication Skills in Chinese Fundamentals of Chinese Communication for Higher Diploma Students

CBS

CBS

42

42

- -

3

3

0.2

0.2

70%

60%

30%

40%

ELC1007 University English for Higher Diploma Students I

ELC 42 - 3 0.2 100% -

ELC1008 University English for Higher Diploma Students II

ELC 42 - 3 0.2 100% -

ELC1011 Practical English for University Studies

ELC 42 - 3 0.2 100% -

ELC1012/ ELC1013

English for University Studies

ELC 42 - 3 0.2 100% -

ELC1014 Advanced English for University Studies

ELC 42 - 3 0.2 100% -

ELC2011 Advanced English Reading and Writing Skills

ELC 42 - 3 0.2 100% -

ELC2012 Persuasive Communication ELC 42 - 3 0.2 100% - ELC2013 English in Literature and

Film ELC 42 - 3 0.2 100% -

Depending on the

subjects taken

Cluster Areas Requirement (CAR) subjects (subjects taken must conform to the University’s Cluster Area Requirements specified in Section A 3.1)

Various Departments

42 - 3 0.2 depending on the

subjects taken

depending on the

subjects taken

Page 9: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

5

Level 2

Curriculum

Assessment Method

Teaching Department

Contact Hours

Credits GPA

Weight (Wi) Subject

Code Subject Title Lt/

Tu Lab Continuous

Assessment Exam

Non Def Subjects AMA2111 Mathematics I AMA 42 - 3 0.2 40% 60% AMA2112 Mathematics II AMA 42 - 3 0.2 40% 60% EE2002C Circuit Analysis EE 42 9 3 0.2 40% 60% EE2003C Electronics EE 42 12 3 0.2 40% 60% EE2004C Electrical Energy Systems

Fundamentals EE 36 12 3 0.2 40% 60%

EE2007C Computer Systems Fundamentals

EE 36 12 3 0.2 40% 60%

EE2009C Group Project EE - - 6 0.2 100%

Def Subjects

ENG2002 Computer Programming ENG 64 - 3 0.2 100% -

Depending on the

subjects taken

Cluster Areas Requirement (CAR) subjects (subjects taken must conform to the University’s Cluster Area Requirements specified in Section A 3.1)

Various Departments

42 - 3 0.2 depending on the

subjects taken

depending on the

subjects taken

IC Training

IC2105

IC2112

Engineering Communication and Fundamentals IC Training I (EE)

IC

IC

120 hours throughout

the year

120 hours in Summer

4 Training Credits

4 Training Credits

- -

100% Assessed

and graded

100% Assessed

and graded

- -

Table A3.2

Page 10: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

6

Level 3

Curriculum Assessment

Method Teaching

Department

Contact Hours

Credits GPA

Weight (Wi) Subject

Code Subject Title

Lt/Tu

Lab Continuous Assessment

Exam

Def Subjects

EE3002C Electromechanical Energy Conversion

EE 36 12 3 0.3 40% 60%

EE3003C Power Electronics and Drives

EE 36 12 3 0.3 40% 60%

EE3009C Electrical Services in Buildings

EE 42 - 3 0.3 40% 60%

Table A3.3

A 3.1 CLUSTER AREA REQUIREMENTS (CAR)

To expand students’ intellectual capacity beyond their disciplinary domain and to enable them to tackle professional and global issues from a multidisciplinary perspective, students are required to successfully complete two 3-credit subjects within the following four Cluster Areas:

• Human Nature, Relations and Development (HRD)

• Community, Organisation and Globalisation (COG)

• History, Culture and World Views (HCW)

• Science, Technology and Environment (STE)

A list of CAR subjects under each of the four Cluster Areas is available at:

https://www2.polyu.edu.hk/as/Polyu/GUR

In addition, students are required to successfully complete a 3 credit CAR subject, designated as “China-related”. The purpose is to enable students to gain an increased understanding of China (e.g., its history, culture and society, as well as emerging issues or challenges). A list of approved CAR subjects for meeting the China Studies Requirement is available at:

https://www2.polyu.edu.hk/as/Polyu/GUR

Page 11: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

7

A 4 Specified Progression Pattern

Student is advised to follow the curriculum below:

Year 1 – Semester 1 (Total 15 credits plus 1⅓ training credits)

Subject Code

Subject Credits Criteria for taking different subjects based on HKALE results

Criteria for taking different subjects based on HKDSE results

AMA1101 Calculus I

4

Pass in in A-Level Pure Mathematics/ AS-Level Mathematics & Statistics/Applied Maths

Attained Level 2 in EM I or EM II in HKDSE Mathematics

AMA1102 Calculus IA Without a Pass in A-Level Pure Mathematics/ AS-Level Mathematics & Statistics/Applied Maths

Have not attained Level 2 in EM I or EM II in HKDSE Mathematics

AP10004 Physics Experiment (½ subject)

0.5

AP10008 University Physics I 3

CAR Cluster Area Requirement Subject (see Section A3.1)

3

EE2002C Circuit Analysis 3

ENG2002 Computer Programming

(½ subject)

1.5

IC2105 Engineering Communication and Fundamentals (120 hours throughout the year)

1⅓ training credits (total 4 training credits)

Page 12: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

8

Year 1 – Semester 2 (Total 14 credits plus 1⅓ training credits)

Subject Code

Subject Credits Criteria for taking different subjects based on HKALE results

Criteria for taking different subjects based on HKDSE results

AP10004 Physics Experiment

(½ subject)

0.5

AP10009 University Physics II 3

CBS1103P Fundamentals of Chinese Communication for Higher Diploma Students

3

HKALE below Grade E HKDSE Level 2

CBS1101P Fundamentals of Chinese Communication

HKALE Grade D or Grade E HKDSE Level 3

CBS1102P Advanced Communication Skills in Chinese

HKALE Grade A/B/C HKDSE Level 4 /5 or above

EE2003C Electronics 3

EE2007C Computer Systems Fundamentals

3

ENG2002 Computer Programming

(½ subject)

1.5

IC2105 Engineering Communication and Fundamentals (120 hours throughout the year)

1⅓ training credits (total 4 training credits)

Page 13: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

9

Year 1 – Summer (Total 5~7 credits plus 5⅓ training credits)

Subject Code

Subject Credits Criteria for taking different subjects based on HKALE results

Criteria for taking different subjects based on HKDSE results

AMA1103 Introductory Linear Algebra

2 i) Pass in AS-Level Mathematics & Statistics

ii) Pass in A-Level Pure Maths + Applied Maths could choose either Introductory Linear Algebra or Introductory Probability

i) Attained Level 2 in HKDSE EM I in Mathematics

ii) Have not attained Level 2 in any one of the HKDSE extended modules in Mathematics should take BOTH Introductory Linear Algebra or Introductory Probability

AMA1104 Introductory Probability 2 i) Pass in A-Level Pure Mathematics

ii) Pass in A-Level Pure Maths + Applied Maths could choose either Introductory Linear Algebra or Introductory Probability

i) Attained Level 2 in HKDSE EM II in Mathematics

ii) Have not attained Level 2 in any one of the HKDSE extended modules in Mathematics should take BOTH Introductory Linear Algebra or Introductory Probability

CAR (China Related)

Cluster Area Requirement - China Related Subject (see section A3.1)

3

IC2112 IC Training I

(120 hours in Summer)

4 training credits

IC2105 Engineering Communication and Fundamentals (120 hours throughout the year)

1⅓ training credits (total 4 training credits)

Page 14: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

10

Year 2 – Semester 1 (Total 15 credits)

Subject Code

Subject Credits Criteria for taking Additional Underpinning subjects - HKALE student

Criteria for taking Additional Underpinning subjects - HKDSE student

AMA2111 Mathematics I 3

ELC1007

University English for Higher Diploma Students I

3

Below Grade E in AL English should take ELC1007 & ELC1008

Level 2 in HKDSE English should take ELC1007 & ELC1008

ELC1011 Practical English for University Studies

Grade E in AL English should take ELC1011 & ELC1012/1013

Level 3 in HKDSE English should take ELC1011 & ELC1012/1013

ELC1012/ ELC1013

English for University Studies

Grade D in AL English should take ELC1012/1013 & ELC1014

Level 4 in HKDSE English should take ELC1012/1013 & ELC1014

ELC1014

Advanced English for University Studies

Grade C or above in AL English should take ELC1014 & 1 ELC elective (ELC2011/12/13)

Level 5 or above in HKDSE English should take ELC1014 & 1 ELC elective (ELC2011/12/13)

EE2004C Electrical Energy Systems Fundamentals

3

EE2009C Group Project

(½ subject)

3

EE3002C Electromechanical Energy Conversion

3

Page 15: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

11

Year 2 – Semester 2 (Total 15 credits)

Subject Code

Subject Credits Criteria for taking Additional Underpinning subjects - HKALE student

Criteria for taking Additional Underpinning subjects - HKDSE student

AMA2112 Mathematics II 3

ELC1008

University English for Higher Diploma Students II

3

Below Grade E in AL English should take ELC1007 & ELC1008

Level 2 in HKDSE English should take ELC1007 & ELC1008

ELC1012/ ELC1013

English for University Studies

Grade E in AL English should take ELC1011 & ELC1012/1013

Level 3 in HKDSE English should take ELC1011 & ELC1012/1013

ELC1014

Advanced English for University Studies

Grade D in AL English should take ELC1012/1013 & ELC1014

Level 4 in HKDSE English should take ELC1012/1013 & ELC1014

ELC2011/12/13(either one of these subjects)

Advanced English Reading and Writing Skills/ Persuasive Communication/ English in Literature and Film

Grade C or above in AL English should take ELC1014 & 1 ELC elective (ELC2011/12/13)

Level 5 or above in HKDSE English should take ELC1014 & 1 ELC elective (ELC2011/12/13)

EE2009C Group Project

(½ subject)

3

EE3003C Power Electronics and Drives

3

EE3009C Electrical Services in Buildings

3

Table A4.1

Page 16: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

12

Additional Underpinning Subjects in Physics & Mathematics

Semester Subject Code Subject Credits Criteria for taking Additional Underpinning subjects - HKALE student

Criteria for taking Additional Underpinning subjects - HKDSE student

Year 1

Semester 1

AMA1100 Basic Mathematics - an introduction to Algebra and Differential Calculus

2

Without a Pass in A-Level Pure Mathematics/ AS-Level Mathematics & Statistics/Applied Maths

Have not attained Level 2 in EM I or EM II in HKDSE Mathematics.

AP00002 Foundation Physics I 3 Without a Pass in HKALE Physics or Engineering Science, or HKALE(AS-Level) Physics; AND

Have not attained Level 2 in HKDSE Physics or Combined Science (with a component in Physics) without

a Pass in HKCEE Physics or Engineering Science

AP00003 Foundation Physics II 3

Table A4.2

Total Credits required for Graduation

The total study credits is ranging from 64 – 74 (plus 8 training credits) depending on the students’ HKALE or HKDSE as students may be required to take extra subjects in Mathematics/Physics depending on their entry qualifications.

Page 17: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

13

Part B : PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES

B 1 Programme Philosophy

The Higher Diploma (HD) programme aims to provide the necessary balance of theoretical studies and practical training to prepare students for a career as a higher technician or technician engineer in the field of electrical engineering. Graduates from the programme are expected to be able to assume technical positions to apply current technologies, make technical judgements, transfer and develop new tech-nologies, and communicate clearly both in writing and orally at supervisory positions.

To achieve these aims, the programme is designed to consist of a balance of lectures/tutorials, laboratory work, practical training in the Industrial Centre and a group project. The curriculum includes studies in the main streams of electrical theory and is supported by mathematics, computing, electronics, mechanical engineering, English, Chinese and general studies.

HD and the BEng programmes have a similar curriculum and syllabuses. This similarity of the HD programme and the Degree programme is specially adopted in the Department to facilitate teaching and student learning.

B 2 Programme Objectives

The programme objectives are as follows: 1. The program aims to provide HD students with a sound education in electrical engineering.

2. The program is designed to produce engineering technologist/technicians who will be able to practice electrical engineering and related disciplines.

3. The programme emphasizes on foundation level knowledge, application techniques, practical skills, problem solving ability, and team work spirit.

4. The programme also paves the way for graduates to further their study for a higher professional qualification.

Page 18: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

14

B 3 Programme Outcomes

To achieve the aims of producing higher technicians, the programme is designed to consist of a balance of lectures/tutorials, practical laboratory work, practical workshop training in the Industrial Centre and project. The curriculum includes studies in the mainstreams of electrical engineering supported by mathematics, computing, electronics, English, Chinese and general studies.

The approach will highlight the importance of practical application of electrical theory, with more emphasis being placed on applications. The workshop training and the laboratory training work will be an important part of the curriculum and reference is regularly made whenever possible to supplement the theoretical teaching in classrooms.

The University aspires to develop all its students as all-round graduates with professional competence, and has identified a set of highly valued graduate attributes as the learning goals for students. While many of these graduate attributes can be developed through the curricular activities of this programme, some (including interest in local and international affairs, interpersonal skills, sense of social and national responsibility, cultural appreciation, biliteracy and trilingualism, and entrepreneurship) will be primarily addressed through co-curricular activities offered by faculties, departments, and various teaching and learning support units of the University. Students are encouraged to make full use of such opportunities to develop these attributes.

Following the University’s aim of producing all-rounded graduates with professional competence, the Higher Diploma programme aims to develop students in the four main areas – to be a (i) competent professional, (ii) creative problem solver, (iii) effective communicator, and (iv) educated global citizen. Detail explanation of these areas is listed in the table below:

Page 19: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

15

Competent Professionals - A1, A2, A3, & A4

A1

Professional Competence

Have a solid technical education in Electrical Engineering based on the understanding of its fundamentals and its current applications. Possess broad engineering knowledge to enable the graduates to adapt, to change, and to satisfy likely career diversions

A2

Practical Skills

Be able to apply modern experimental techniques and to be practical minded. Aware of technical and non-technical constraints

A3

Teamwork and Leadership

Possess social abilities including inter-personal/public relations, team work, and social consciousness.

A4

Global Outlook and Lifelong Learning

Possess an inquiring and innovative attitude thus encouraging the individual to acknowledge the developments in Electrical Engineering. To keep abreast of the developments in Electrical Engineering and an appreciation and the desire for lifelong learning.

B Creative Problem Solvers

Creative Thinking and Problem Solving

Apply the fundamental principles to solve problems in the area of Electrical Engineering and related disciplines. Possess intellectual abilities including creative and critical thinking.

C Effective Communicators

Biliteracy, Trilingualism, & Communication Skills

Language proficiency in English and Chinese to communicate clearly via graphic, numeric, verbal and written media.

D Educated Global Citizens

Social Responsibilities Have awareness and understanding of the ethical and social responsibilities of a technician engineer.

Table B3.1

Page 20: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

16

The Programme Outcomes are in line with the Programme Objectives, and the corresponding mapping is shown in table B3.2.

Programme Objectives

1 2 3 4

Programme Outcomes

A1 √ √ √

A2 √ √

A3 √

A4 √

B √

C √ √

D √

Table B3.2

The Subject Learning Outcomes are designed to be in alignment with the Programme Outcomes. The Subject Learning Outcomes are given in each subject and they can be found in the Subject Descriptions Forms in Part E.

The programme and subject outcomes will be assessed in stages according to a Learning Outcomes Assessment Plan (LOAP) adopted by the Departmental Learning and Teaching Committee.

Page 21: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

17

Relationship between Institutional Learning Outcomes and Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO) of the programme is shown in Table B3.3.

Institutional Learning Outcomes

Professional competence

Critical thinker

Effective communicator

Innovative problem solver

Lifelong learner

Ethical leader

Programme Outcomes

A1 √ √ √

A2 √ √ √

A3 √ √ √

A4 √ √

B √ √

C √

D √ Table B3.3 Relationship between Institutional Learning Outcomes and Intended Learning

Outcomes (ILO) of the programme

Page 22: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

18

B 4 Subject support to Programme Outcomes

Subjects Programme Outcomes A1 A2 A3 A4 B C D

AMA1100 √ √ AMA1101 √ √ AMA1102 √ √ AMA1103 √ √ AMA1104 √ √ AMA2111 √ √ AMA2112 √ √ AP00002 √ √ √ AP00003 √ √ √ AP10004 √ √ √ AP10008 √ √ √ AP10009 √ √ √ CBS1101P √ CBS1102P √ CBS1103P √ EE2002C √ √ EE2003C √ EE2004C √ √ √ √ EE2007C √ √ √ EE2009C √ √ √ √ √ √ EE3002C √ √ √ EE3003C √ EE3009C √ √ √ √ ELC1007 √ ELC1008 √ ELC1011 √ ELC1012/1013 √ ELC1014 √ ELC2011 √ ELC2012 √ ELC2013 √ ENG2002 √ √ CAR √ √ √ CAR (China related) √ √ √

Page 23: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

19

IC2105 √ IC2112 √ √

Table B4.1

Table B4.1 illustrates how the subjects support the Programme Outcomes through the teaching activities, practice on the part of students, and measurements.

Page 24: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

20

Part C : Educational and Assessment Methodologies

C 1 Teaching and Learning

C 1.1 PHILOSOPHY

The philosophy has been to gradually introduce an approach in which the lecturers are encouraged to "teach" less and the students to learn more. The Department's teaching approach is being revised continuously so as to enhance the students' ability to find out and learn for themselves.

Teaching methods for replacing the out-dated ‘chalk and talk' approach, or the ‘monologue' lecturing style, with ‘interactive teaching’, are being further developed and promoted. It has indeed been our Department Policy to regard it as one of the top priorities, together with research. All of the classroom sessions are conducted as a combination of lecturing and tutoring, so that the active participation of the student is realized at all times. Other teaching aids such as interactive handouts, concept mapping, and computer aided learning software are also extensively utilized.

C 1.2 APPROACH USED

C 1.2.1 Teaching and Learning:

The approach is to wean students from rote-learning to self-study. The form of classroom teaching, however, is changing to become much more stimulating, with more student input expected. Tutorials are now integrated with the lectures, to give regular changes of activity within the lecture period, and thus keeping the students interested, alert, and participative.

The accepted philosophy is that ‘if we perform the mental work for the learner, we reduce the learner’s investment in learning, thereby reducing performance’. The student is encouraged and aided to adopt a ‘deep’ approach to study, which means that he should try to understand the underlying meaning rather than try to remember the words and the for-mulas, and to develop a critical awareness of the concepts being discussed and the relationship of these to other concepts. Emphasis is placed on the student’s understanding of the basic principles and concepts. Students are not allowed to lose sight of the overall picture as a result of over-indulgence in mathematical details. Technical assumptions made in developing and applying basic theory are stressed. Emphasis is given to developing creativity and the ability to design. Students are not compelled to memorize large amounts of facts and formulas (except fundamental ones). The importance of prob-lem solving in facilitating a full understanding of the topic is recognized. However, prob-lem solving is not treated merely as a means of employing mathematical methods, but also for applying concepts. Problem solving is implemented extensively in all aspects of the Programme. The students are encouraged to think around the subject matter.

Page 25: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

21

Handout notes are used extensively throughout the Programme, but it is generally intended that these, in themselves, are incomplete. Students will need to fill out the handouts before, during and after the lectures before the content can be regarded as complete. In this way, and by requiring students to submit regular written reports, the students develop their ability to write clearly and concisely.

From the outset, students are encouraged and provoked into taking an active role in the learning process. The quality of a student’s answers to questions, and the quality of the questions asked by the student, is evaluated to provide feedback throughout the Programme in each subject. Towards the end of the 1st year, and throughout the remainder of the Programme, it is the norm for students to give presentations of topics within the syllabus in front of their peers. This not only encourages them to adopt a self-study pattern, it also increases their self-confidence, their ability to argue from funda-mentals and stresses their need to study the subject matter in depth to be able to answer questions from their peers.

C 1.2.2 Laboratory and Projects:

In the Programme, the laboratory work is integrated into each subject, as is the assessment for the laboratory work. It is the subject-lecturer’s responsibility to ensure that the laboratory work is being taken seriously by the students and to stimulate them by gradually moving into open-ended experiments/tests and mini-projects with design elements included.

Students are required to preview their laboratory assignments. As with lectures, the process of generating a self-learning attitude is gradual. In the early part of the Programme, laboratory sheets have fairly detailed instructions and students preview the experiments by means of a ‘theory’ section in the experiment instruction sheet. As students progress, less detailed information is presented and the student is expected to read around the experiment and contribute their own ideas as to how the experiment should be conducted.

Students are required to use log books for all experiments and to submit these and some formal laboratory reports for assessment.

Essentially each student is required to undertake a project. The projects are designed to be small group projects in which two or three students work on different aspects of a more ambitious project, while taking care that individual students are still assigned individual responsibility for their part of the work. This allows students to learn team work and it enables more advanced projects to be undertaken. As part of the supervision of the students’ project and laboratory work, they are guided to gain skills such as the following:

1. Attention to detail and recognition that unless everything is done thoroughly, completely and correctly, their design, product or process may well be useless.

Page 26: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

22

2. Ability to apply scientific methods to their work. This involves the discipline of keeping accurate and up-to-date records, to be constantly questioning both good and unexpected results, knowing how to go about experimental procedures, how to set up experiments and draw conclusions.

3. Recognition that they have to take personal responsibility for their work, to make

sure that there are no mistakes, and not to assume that someone else will check their work.

4. Experience in working as part of a team, recognising that others can contribute

necessary complementary skills and experience.

C 2 Industrial Centre (IC) Training

Students are required to undertake practical training at the Industrial Centre of the Polytechnic University, which is equivalent to 8 training credits. The training is scheduled partly during term time of Year One and partly in the summer at the end of Year One to give students an appreciation, with some practical involvement, of fitting, machining, electrical wiring, installation, and electronic/electrical equipment manufacturing. Students would gain theoretical knowledge which they can relate to practical applications. An appreciation of practical manufacturing processes is very important to enable the students to apply their theoretical knowledge to practical problems after they graduate from the Programme and start working in industry.

The following information with regard to IC training should be noted by all Higher Diploma Students:

• These training credits will not

• These training credits are

be counted towards meeting the credit requirement for FT status of students.

not

• IC training will be

to be counted towards the credit requirement for award, but students have to pass (i.e. obtaining Grade D or above) IC training in order to be considered for an award.

graded

• If assessment of an IC subject completed in a particular academic year cannot be done in time for the grade to be reported in that particular year, the grade has to be reported during

at any time when an assessment is made. Only ONE aggregate grade would be given for an academic year to sum up the performance of the student in IC training for that year.

Semester One of the following

• The results of IC training

academic year.

would not be counted towards the Weighted GPA

• The results of IC training

which is used for considering award classification.

would be counted towards GPA calculation, which is computed at the end of every semester on the basis of the students' performance on all subjects taken since the start of their studies.

Page 27: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

23

C 3 Student Feedback Questionnaire (SFQ)

The Student Feedback Questionnaire (SFQ) is a system that PolyU uses to collect feedback from students on teaching and learning. The SFQ system is faculty-based, i.e., different faculties may have slightly different policies, procedures, and SFQ forms. However, the purposes, processing, and intended uses of the SFQ are essentially the same.

Under this system, students are asked to complete the SFQ in class to provide feedback on their experience of studying a subject. This SFQ exercise normally takes place in the last few weeks of the semester. However, for subjects that involve more than one teacher, it may take place earlier, when the teaching of the particular lecturer comes to an end. Some lecturers may also use the mid-semester SFQ to solicit feedback from students so as to modify or adjust their teaching to improve learning for the remaining weeks of the semester.

The PolyU values good teaching. We cherish the promotion of meaningful and relevant learning for our students, and believe that both teachers and students have a shared responsibility to enhance learning. Your feedback on teaching and learning will provide valuable information for us to assure the quality of our programmes, identify the strengths and weaknesses of the existing teaching and learning methodologies, and help us to improve the quality of teaching in the PolyU.

Page 28: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

24

Part D: ADMISSION, REGISTRATION AND ASSESSMENT

D Admission, Registration and Assessment

The admission, registration and assessment arrangements described below, are in accordance with the University policies and regulations for credit-based programmes which lead to an award of the University, except where the Senate decides otherwise.

D 1 Admission/Registration

Students are normally admitted into the programme via the Joint University Programmes Admission System (JUPAS) on a yearly basis. Non-JUPAS applicants are also considered on their academic merits, as well as non-academic achievements.

D 2 Concurrent enrolment

Students are not permitted to enroll concurrently on two full-time/sandwich programmes, whether or not one of the programmes is offered by another institution.

Except for programmes which do not lead to any formal award, students are not allowed to enrol concurrently on a full-time/sandwich programme and a part-time programme, or on more than one part-time programmes, including those offered by another institution, without permission from the Head(s) of Department concerned.

D 3 Subject registration and withdrawal

In addition to programme registration, students need to register for the subjects at specified periods prior to the commencement of the semester. An add/drop period will also be scheduled for each semester / term. Students may apply for withdrawal of their registration on a subject after the add / drop period, if they have a genuine need to do so. The application should be made to the relevant programme offering Department and will require the approval of both the subject lecturer and the host department Programme Leader concerned. Applications must be submitted 1 month before the commencement of the examination period. For approved applications of subject withdrawal, the tuition fee paid for the subject will be forfeited and the withdrawal status of the subject will be shown in the examination result notification and transcript of studies, but will not be counted in the calculation of the GPA.

Page 29: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

25

The pre-requisite requirements of a subject must have been fulfilled before a student registers for that subject. However, the subject offering department has the discretion to waive the pre-requisite requirements of a subject, if deemed appropriate. If the pre-requisite subject concerned forms part of the requirements for award, the subject has to be passed in order to satisfy the graduation requirements for the programme concerned, despite the waiving of the pre-requisite.

Students will be allowed to take additional subjects for broadening purpose, after they fulfill the graduation requirements and for the following semester. However, they will still be subject to the maximum study load of 21 credits per semester and the availability of places in the subjects concerned, and their enrolment will be as subject-based students only.

D 4 Study Load

For students following the progression pattern specified for their programme, they have to take the number of credits and subjects, as specified in the Definitive Programme Document, for each semester. Students cannot drop those subjects assigned by the department unless prior approval has been given by the department.

The average study load is 15 credits in a semester. The maximum study load to be taken by a student in a semester is 21 credits, unless exceptional approval is given by the Head of the programme offering Department. For such cases, students should be reminded that the study load approved should not be taken as grounds for academic appeal.

Students are not allowed to take zero subject in any semester, including the mandatory summer term as required. Unless they have obtained prior approval from the department; otherwise they will be classified as having unofficially withdrawn from their programme. Students who have been approved for zero subject enrolment (i.e. taking zero subject in a semester) are allowed to retain their student status and continue using campus facilities and library facilities. Any semester in which the students are allowed to take zero subject will nevertheless be counted towards the maximum period of registration.

D 5 Subject exemption

Students may be exempted from taking any specified subjects, including mandatory General University Requirements (GUR) subjects, if they have successfully completed similar subjects previously in another programme or have demonstrated the level of proficiency/ability to the satisfaction of the subject offering Department. Subject exemption is normally decided by the subject offering Department.

D 6 Credit transfer

Students may be given credits for recognized previous studies (including mandatory General University Requirements (GUR) subjects), and the credits will be counted towards meeting the requirements for

Page 30: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

26

award. Credit transfer normally will be done without the grade being carried over. Subject credit transfer is normally decided by the subject offering Department.

Normally, not more than 50% of the credit requirement for award may be transferable from approved institutions outside the University. For transfer of credits from programmes offered by PolyU, normally not more than 67% of the credit requirement for award can be transferred. In cases where both types of credits are being transferred (i.e. from programmes offered by PolyU and from approved institutions outside the University), not more than 50% of the credit requirement for award may be transferred.

All credit transfers approved will take effect only in the semester for which they are approved. A student who applies for transfer of credits during the re-enrolment or the add/drop period of a particular semester will only be eligible for graduation at the end of that semester, even if the granting of credit transfer will immediately enable the student to satisfy the credit requirement for the award.

D 7 Deferment of study

Students may apply for deferment of study if they have a genuine need to do so such as illness. Approval from the Department offering the programme is required. The deferment period will not be counted towards the maximum period of registration.

Application for deferment of study will be entertained only in exceptional circumstances from students who have not yet completed the first year of the programme.

Where the period of deferment of study begins during a stage for which fees have been paid, no refund of such fees will be made.

Students who have been approved for deferment are not entitled to enjoy any campus facilities during the deferment period.

D 8 General Assessment Regulations

The University’s General Assessment Regulations (GAR) applies to this Programme. The specific assessment regulations are set out here, having been developed within the framework of the GAR.

Students progress by credit accumulation, i.e. credits earned by passing individual subjects can be accumulated and counted towards the final award.

(a) Subject Level

A 'level' in a programme indicates the intellectual demand placed upon students and may characterize each subject with respect to its recommended sequencing within that programme. Upper level subjects should normally build on lower level subjects. Pre-requisite requirements, if any, must therefore be spelt out on a subject basis.

Page 31: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

27

A 'subject' is defined as a discrete section of the programme which is assigned a separate assessment. A list of subjects, together with their level and weightings, shall be published in the definitive programme document.

(b) Language of assessment

The language of assessment for all programmes/subjects shall be English, unless approval is given for it to be otherwise.

D 9 Principles of assessment

Assessment of learning and assessment for learning are both important for assuring the quality of student learning. Assessment of learning is to evaluate whether students have achieved the intended learning outcomes of the subjects that they have taken and have attained the overall learning outcomes of the academic programme at the end of their study at a standard appropriate to the award. Appropriate methods of assessment that align with the intended learning outcomes should be designed for this purpose. The assessment methods will also enable the teacher to differentiate students’ different levels of performance within the subject. Assessment for learning is to engage students in productive learning activities through purposefully designed assessment tasks.

Assessment will also serve as feedback to students. The assessment criteria and standards should be made explicit to students before the start of the assessment to facilitate student learning, and feedback provided should link to the criteria and standards. Timely feedback should be provided to students so that they are aware of their progress and attainment for the purpose of improvement.

The ultimate authority in the University for the confirmation of academic decisions is the Senate, but for practical reasons, the Senate has delegated to the Faculty/School Boards the authority to confirm the decisions of Boards of Examiners provided these are made within the framework of the General Assessment Regulations. Recommendations from Board of Examiners which fall outside these Regulations shall be ratified by the Academic Regulations Committee (ARC) and reported to the Senate.

D 10 Assessment methods

Students' performance in a subject can be assessed by continuous assessment and/or examinations, at the discretion of the individual subject offering Department. Where both continuous assessment and examinations are used, the weighting of each in the overall subject grade shall be clearly stated in the definitive programme document. The subject offering Department can decide whether students are required to pass both the continuous assessment and examination components, or either component only, in order to obtain a subject pass, but this requirement (to pass both, or either, components) shall be specified in the Definite Programme Document. Learning outcome should be assessed by continuous assessment and/or examination appropriately, in line with the outcome-based approach.

Page 32: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

28

Continuous assessment may include tests, assignments, projects, laboratory work, field exercises, presentations and other forms of classroom participation. Continuous Assessment assignments which involve group work should nevertheless include some individual components therein. The contribution made by each student in continuous assessment involving a group effort shall be determined and assessed separately, and this can result in different grades being awarded to students in the same group.

Assessment methods and parameters of subjects shall be determined by the subject offering Department.

At the beginning of each semester, the subject teacher should inform students of the details of the methods of assessments to be used, within the assessment framework as specified in the definitive programme document.

D 11 Progression/Academic Probation/Deregistration

The Board of Examiners shall, at the end of each semester (except for Summer Term unless there are students who are eligible to graduate after completion of Summer Term subjects), determine whether each student is

(a) eligible for progression towards an award; or (b) eligible for an award; or (c) required to be deregistered from the programme.

When a student has a Grade Point Average (GPA) lower than 2.0, he will be put on academic probation in the following semester. If a student is able to pull his GPA up to 2.0 or above at the end of the semester, the status of "academic probation" will be lifted. The status of "academic probation" will be reflected in the examination result notification but not in the transcript of studies. A student will have 'progressing' status unless he falls within any one of the following categories which may be regarded as grounds for deregistration from the programme:

(a) the student has exceeded the maximum period of registration for that programme, as specified in the Definitive Programme Document; or

(b) the student's GPA is lower than 2.0 for two consecutive semesters and his Semester GPA in the

second semester is also lower than 2.0; or (c) the student's GPA is lower than 2.0 for three consecutive semesters.

The progression of students to the following academic year will not be affected by the GPA obtained in the Summer Term, unless Summer Term study is mandatory for all students of the programme and constitutes a requirement for graduation. A student may be de-registered from the programme enrolled before the time frame specified at (ii) or (iii) above if his academic performance is poor to the extent that the Board of Examiners deems that his chance of attaining a GPA of 2.0 at the end of the programme is slim or impossible.

Where there are good reasons, the Board of Examiners has the discretion to recommend allowing students who fall into categories as stated at (ii) or (iii) above to stay on the programme, and these recommendations should be presented to the relevant Faculty/School Board for final decision.

Page 33: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

29

Under the current procedures, a student can appeal against the decision of the Board of Examiners to de-register him. If such an appeal was upheld by the Department/School concerned, the recommendation (to reverse the previous decision to de-register the student) should also be presented to the relevant Faculty/School Board for final decision.

D 12 Retaking of subjects

Students may retake any subject for the purpose of improving their grade without having to seek approval, but they must retake a compulsory subject which they have failed, i.e. obtained an F grade. Retaking of subjects is with the condition that the maximum study load of 21 credits per semester is not exceeded. Students wishing to retake passed subjects will be accorded a lower priority than those who are required to retake (due to failure in a compulsory subject) and can only do so if places are available.

The number of retakes of a subject is not restricted. Only the grade obtained in the final attempt of retaking (even if the retake grade is lower than the original grade for originally passed subject) will be included in the calculation of the Grade Point Average (GPA). If students have passed a subject but failed after retake, credits accumulated for passing the subject in a previous attempt will remain valid for satisfying the credit requirement for award. (The grades obtained in previous attempts will only be reflected in transcript of studies.)

In cases where a student takes another subject to replace a failed elective subject, the fail grade will be taken into account in the calculation of the GPA, despite the passing of the replacement subject.

D 13 Absence from an assessment component

If a student is unable to complete all the assessment components of a subject, due to illness or other circumstances which are beyond his control and considered by the subject offering Department as legitimate, the Department will determine whether the student will have to complete a late assessment and, if so, by what means. This late assessment shall take place at the earliest opportunity, and before the commencement of the following academic year (except that for Summer Term, which may take place within 3 weeks after the finalisation of Summer Term results). If the late assessment cannot be completed before the commencement of the following academic year, the Faculty/School Board Chairman shall decide on an appropriate time for completion of the late assessment.

The student concerned is required to submit his/her application for late assessment in writing to the Head of Department offering the subject, within 5 working days from the date of the examination, together with any supporting documents. Approval of applications for late assessment and the means for such late assessments shall be given by the Head of Department offering the subject or the Subject Lecturer concerned, in consultation with the Programme Leader.

Page 34: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

30

D 14 Aegrotat award

If a student is unable to complete the requirements of the programme in question for the award due to very serious illness, or other very special circumstances which are beyond his control, and considered by the Board of Examiners as legitimate, the Faculty/School Board will determine whether the student will be granted an aegrotat award. Aegrotat award will be granted under very exceptional circumstances.

A student who has been offered an aegrotat award shall have the right to opt either to accept such an award, or request to be assessed on another occasion to be stipulated by the Board of Examiners; the student's exercise of this option shall be irrevocable.

The acceptance of an aegrotat award by a student shall disqualify him from any subsequent assessment for the same award.

An aegrotat award shall normally not be classified, and the award parchment shall not state that it is an aegrotat award. However, the Board of Examiners may determine whether the award should be classified, provided that they have adequate information on the students' academic performance.

D 15 Grading

Assessment grades shall be awarded on a criterion-referenced basis. A student's overall performance in a subject (including GUR subjects) shall be graded as follows:

Subject grade

Short

description Elaboration on subject grading description

A+ Exceptionally Outstanding

The student's work is exceptionally outstanding. It exceeds the intended subject learning outcomes in all regards.

A Outstanding The student's work is outstanding. It exceeds the intended subject learning outcomes in nearly all regards.

B+ Very Good The student's work is very good. It exceeds the intended subject learning outcomes in most regards.

B Good The student's work is good. It exceeds the intended subject learning outcomes in some regards.

C+ Wholly Satisfactory

The student's work is wholly satisfactory. It fully meets the intended subject learning outcomes.

C Satisfactory The student's work is satisfactory. It largely meets the intended subject learning outcomes.

D+ Barely Satisfactory

The student's work is barely satisfactory. It marginally meets the intended subject learning outcomes.

Page 35: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

31

Subject grade

Short

description Elaboration on subject grading description

D Barely Adequate

The student's work is barely adequate. It meets the intended subject learning outcomes only in some regards.

F Inadequate The student's work is inadequate. It fails to meet many of the intended subject learning outcomes.

'F' is a subject failure grade, whilst all others ('D' to 'A+') are subject passing grades. No credit will be earned if a subject is failed.

Codes Interpretation Remarks

I Assessment to be completed # An incomplete grade must be converted to a regular grade normally in the following academic year at the latest.

N Assessment is not required

P Pass an ungraded subject This code applies to an ungraded subject, such as industrial training.

U Fail an ungraded subject This code applies to an ungraded subject, such as industrial training.

M Pass with Merit This code applies to all General Education subjects for intake cohorts before 2010/11. The adoption or otherwise of this code to other subjects adopting a "Pass/Fail" grading system would be subject to the decision of individual Departments.

The grade "Pass with Merit" can be awarded when the student's work exceeds the subject learning outcomes in the majority of regards.

L Subject to be continued in the following semester

This code applies to subjects like "Project" which may consist of more than 1 part (denoted by the same subject code) and for which continuous assessment is deemed appropriate.

S Absent from assessment

W Withdrawn from subject Dropping of subjects after the add/drop period is normally not allowed. Requests for withdrawal from subjects after the add/drop period and prior to examination will only be considered under exceptional circumstances. This code is given when a student has obtained exceptional approval from Department to withdraw from a subject after the "add/drop" period and prior to examination; otherwise, a failure grade (grade F) should be awarded.

Page 36: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

32

Z Exempted

T Transfer of credit

A numeral grade point is assigned to each subject grade, as follows:

Grade Grade Point

A+ 4.5

A 4

B+ 3.5

B 3

C+ 2.5

C 2

D+ 1.5

D 1

F 0

At the end of each semester/term, a Grade Point Average (GPA) will be computed as follows, and based on the grade point of all the subjects:

∑∑ ×

=

n

nGPAValueCredit Subject

ValueCredit Subject Point GradeSubject

where n = number of all subjects (inclusive of failed subjects) taken by the student up to and including the latest semester/term. For subjects which have been retaken, only the grade point obtained in the final attempt will be included in the GPA calculation

* Entry of grades/codes for subject components is optional.

# For cases where students fail marginally in one of the components within a subject, the BoE can defer making a final decision until the students concerned have completed the necessary remedial work to the satisfaction of the subject examiner(s). The students can be assigned an ' I ' code in this circumstance.

Note: Subjects with the assigned codes I, N, P, U, M, L, W, Z and T (if the subject is without grade transferred) will be omitted in the calculation of the GPA. A subject assigned code S will be taken as zero in the calculation.

Page 37: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

33

In addition, the following subjects will be excluded from the GPA calculation:

(a) Exempted subjects

(b) Ungraded subjects

(c) Incomplete subjects

(d) Subjects for which credit transfer has been approved, but without any grade assigned1

(e) Subjects from which a student has been allowed to withdraw (i.e. those with the code 'W')

Subject which has been given an "S" code, i.e. absent from assessment, will be included in the GPA calculation and will be counted as "zero" grade point. GPA is thus the unweighted cumulative average calculated for a student, for all relevant subjects taken from the start of the programme to a particular point of time. GPA is an indicator of overall performance, and is capped at 4.0.

All training credits2

will be counted in the GPA calculation but not in the WGPA calculation.

D 16 Different types of GPA's

GPA's will be calculated for each Semester including the Summer Term. This Semester GPA will be used to determine students' eligibility to progress to the next Semester alongside with the 'cumulative GPA'. However, the Semester GPA calculated for the Summer Term will not be used for this purpose, unless the Summer Term study is mandatory for all students of the programme concerned and constitutes part of the graduation requirements.

The GPA calculated after the second Semester of the students' study is therefore a 'cumulative' GPA of all the subjects taken so far by students, and without applying any level weighting.

Along with the 'cumulative' GPA, a weighted GPA will also be calculated, to give an indication to the Board of Examiners on the award classification which a student will likely get if he makes steady progress on his academic studies. GUR subjects will be included in the calculation of weighted GPA for all programmes.

When a student has satisfied the requirements for award, an award GPA will be calculated to determine his award classification. GUR subjects will be included in the calculation of award GPA for all programmes.

1 Subjects taken in PolyU or elsewhere and with grades assigned, and for which credit transfer has been approved, will be included in the

GPA calculation. 2 "Training credits" is used as a generic term only, and also includes clinical/field credits for programmes in different study disciplines.

Laboratory experiments done as a subject/an integral part of a subject to satisfy the academic requirements is not considered to be practical training.

Page 38: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

34

Types of GPA Purpose Rules for GPA calculation

GPA Determine Progression/ Graduation

(1) All academic subjects taken by the student throughout his study, both inside and outside the programme curriculum, are included in the GPA calculation.

(2) For training subjects, including WIE and Clinical/Field subjects, departments can decide whether to include them in the GPA calculation.

(3) For retake subjects, only the last attempt will be taken in the GPA calculation.

(4) Level weighting, if any, will be ignored. Semester GPA

Determine Progression

Similar to the rules for GPA as described above, except that only subjects taken in that Semester, including retaken subjects, will be included in the calculation.

Weighted GPA* To give an interim indication on the likely Award GPA

(1) Similar to the rules for GPA, except that only subjects inside the programme curriculum concerned will be included in the calculation. Subjects outside the programme curriculum will be excluded.

(2) Departments can decide whether the training subjects are to be counted towards the Weighted GPA.

(3) For retake subjects, only the last attempt will be taken in the Weighted GPA calculation.

(4) The weighted GPA will be the same as the Award GPA unless a student has taken more subjects than required.

* Note: The rules will include how weighting are to be assigned according to the level of the subject. This is being reviewed and will be confirmed by Senate before the commencement of the 2012/13 academic year.

Page 39: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

35

Types of GPA Purpose Rules for GPA calculation

Award GPA For determination of award classification

If the student has not taken more subjects than required, the Award GPA will be as follows: (1) For single Major: Award GPA = Weighted GPA (2) For Major/Minor programmes: Award GPA = Major GPA

D 17 Compulsory Graduation

A student is required to graduate as soon as he/she satisfies the graduation requirements. The student concerned is required to apply for graduation, in the semester in which he is able to fulfil all his graduation requirements, and after the add/drop period for that semester has ended.

D 18 Guidelines for award classification

The Weighted GPA will be used as a guide to help determine award classifications, and the level weighting to different subjects of all disciplines and programmes will need to be specified in the Definitive Programme Document.

Weighted GPA will be computed as follows:

∑∑

×

××=

n

n

i

i

W ValueCredit Subject

W ValueCredit Subject Point GradeSubject GPA Weighted

where Wi = weighting to be assigned according to the level of the subject (See note below)

n = number of all subjects counted in GPA calculation

Same as for GPA, Weighted GPA is capped at 4.0.

Note: The rules for determining subject level weighting is being reviewed, and will be confirmed by Senate before the commencement of the 2012/13 academic year.

Any subjects passed after the graduation requirement has been met will not be taken into account of in the grade point calculation for award classification.

Page 40: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

36

D 19 Classification of awards

The following is a set of indicators, for Boards of Examiners' reference, which can be used in helping to determine award classification:

Classification GUIDELINES

Distinction The student’s performance/attainment is outstanding, and identifies him as exceptionally able in the field of Electrical Engineering.

Credit The student has reached a standard of performance/ attainment which is more than satisfactory but less than outstanding.

Pass The student has reached a standard of performance/ attainment judged to be satisfactory, and has passed the minimum required for graduation.

There is no requirement for Boards of Examiners to produce award lists which conform to the guidelines of the above table.

D 20 Examination result announcements, transcripts, testimonials and references

At the end of each semester, where appropriate, examination results are announced online for individual students' checking. It provides information on subjects taken and grades attained, the Grade Point Average (GPA) for all subjects, and the overall result for that semester. The announcement serves as an official notification of the student's academic performance.

A formal transcript of studies will be issued by the University, upon request, to any student registered on a programme offered by the University, and it will include the following information:

(a) name and student number;

(b) title of the programme(s) on which enrolled, or from which graduated;

(c) medium of instruction for the programme (applicable only to programmes which are delivered in Chinese and for which both Chinese and English versions are offered);

(d) a full academic record, giving subjects taken and grades attained, and the Grade Point Average (GPA) for all subjects;

Page 41: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

37

(e) credit requirement of the student if different from the normal credit requirement of the programme;

(f) where relevant, the final award(s) granted, with classification and year of award.

Students may request for a testimonial which is a certification of their studies at the University, but without details on subjects and subject results.

Students may also request for references direct from academic staff/members concerned.

Page 42: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

38

APPENDIX I: SUBJECT DESCRIPTION FORMS

CODE SUBJECT PAGE

AMA1100 Basic Mathematics - an introduction to Algebra and Differential Calculus

AI – 1

AMA1101 Calculus I AI – 2

AMA1102 Calculus IA AI – 3

AMA1103 Introductory Linear Algebra AI – 4

AMA1104 Introductory Probability AI – 5

AMA2111 Mathematics I AI – 6

AMA2112 Mathematics II AI – 8

AP00002 Foundation Physics I AI – 10

AP00003 Foundation Physics II AI – 11

AP10004 Physics Experiments AI – 12

AP10008 University Physics I AI – 13

AP10009 University Physics II AI – 15

CBS1101P Fundamentals of Chinese Communication AI – 17

CBS1102P Advanced Communication Skills in Chinese AI – 18

CBS1103P Fundamentals of Chinese Communication for Higher Diploma Students *

EE2002C Circuit Analysis AI – 20

EE2003C Electronics AI – 22

EE2004C Electrical Energy Systems Fundamentals AI – 24

EE2007C Computer System Fundamentals AI – 25

EE2009C Group Project AI – 27

EE3002C Electromechanical Energy Conversion AI – 30

EE3003C Power Electronics and Drives AI – 32

EE3009C Electrical Services in Buildings AI – 34

Page 43: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2013-14 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

39

* The Subject Description Form for CBS1103P “Fundamentals of Chinese Communication for Higher Diploma Students” will be available for download from the Department Website in October 2013.

CODE SUBJECT PAGE

ELC1007 University English for Higher Diploma Students I AI – 35

ELC1008 University English for Higher Diploma Students II AI – 36

ELC1011 Practical English for University Studies AI – 37

ELC1012/1013 English for University Studies AI – 39

ELC1014 Advanced English for University Studies AI – 40

ELC2011 Advanced English Reading and Writing Skills AI – 42

ELC2012 Persuasive Communication AI – 44

ELC2013 English in Literature and Film AI – 46

ENG2002 Computer Programming AI – 48

IC2105 Engineering Communication and Fundamentals AI – 50

IC2112 IC Training I AI – 53

Page 44: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

Revi

sed

June

201

3

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AM

A11

00

Subj

ect T

itle

Bas

ic M

athe

mat

ics -

an

Intro

duct

ion

to A

lgeb

ra a

nd D

iffer

entia

l C

alcu

lus

Cre

dit V

alue

2

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

This

subj

ect a

ims t

o in

trodu

ce st

uden

ts to

the

basi

c co

ncep

ts a

nd p

rinci

ples

of

alge

bra,

lim

it an

d di

ffer

entia

tion.

It i

s des

igne

d fo

r tho

se st

uden

ts w

ith o

nly

the

com

puls

ory

mat

hem

atic

s com

pone

nt in

the

NSS

cur

ricul

um.

Emph

asis

w

ill b

e on

the

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

fund

amen

tal c

once

pts a

s wel

l as a

pplic

atio

ns

of m

athe

mat

ical

tech

niqu

es in

solv

ing

prac

tical

pro

blem

s in

scie

nce

and

engi

neer

ing.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(a) a

pply

mat

hem

atic

al re

ason

ing

to so

lve

prob

lem

s in

scie

nce

and

engi

neer

ing;

(b

) mak

e us

e of

the

know

ledg

e of

mat

hem

atic

al te

chni

ques

and

ada

pt k

now

n so

lutio

ns

to v

ario

us si

tuat

ions

; (c

) app

ly m

athe

mat

ical

mod

elin

g in

pro

blem

solv

ing;

(d

) dem

onst

rate

abi

litie

s of l

ogic

al a

nd a

naly

tical

thin

king

.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Mat

hem

atic

al In

duct

ion;

Bin

omia

l The

orem

; Fun

ctio

ns a

nd in

vers

e fu

nctio

ns;

Trig

onom

etric

func

tions

and

thei

r inv

erse

s. L

imit

conc

epts

, der

ivat

ives

and

thei

r ph

ysic

al &

geo

met

ric m

eani

ngs,

rule

s of d

iffer

entia

tion,

impl

icit

diff

eren

tiatio

n,

L’H

opita

l’s ru

le, m

axim

a an

d m

inim

a of

a fu

nctio

n.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Bas

ic c

once

pts a

nd te

chni

ques

of t

opic

s in

alge

bra

and

in e

lem

enta

ry d

iffer

entia

l ca

lcul

us w

ill b

e di

scus

sed

in le

ctur

es.

Thes

e w

ill b

e fu

rther

enh

ance

d in

tuto

rials

th

roug

h pr

actic

al p

robl

em so

lvin

g.

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be a

sses

sed

(Ple

ase

tick

as

appr

opria

te)

a b

c d

e

1.H

omew

ork,

qu

izze

s and

mid

-te

rm te

st

40%

2. E

xam

inat

ion

60%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Revi

sed

June

201

3

Con

tinuo

us A

sses

smen

t com

pris

es o

f ass

ignm

ents

, in-

clas

s qui

zzes

, onl

ine

quiz

zes

and

a m

id-te

rm te

st.

An

exam

inat

ion

is h

eld

at th

e en

d of

the

sem

este

r.

Que

stio

ns u

sed

in a

ssig

nmen

ts, q

uizz

es, t

ests

and

exa

min

atio

ns a

re u

sed

to a

sses

s st

uden

ts’ l

evel

of u

nder

stan

ding

of t

he b

asic

con

cept

s and

thei

r abi

lity

to u

se

mat

hem

atic

al te

chni

ques

in so

lvin

g pr

oble

ms i

n sc

ienc

e an

d en

gine

erin

g.

To p

ass t

his s

ubje

ct, s

tude

nts a

re re

quire

d to

obt

ain

grad

e D

or a

bove

in b

oth

the

cont

inuo

us a

sses

smen

t and

the

exam

inat

ion

com

pone

nts.

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

The

subj

ect f

ocus

es o

n un

ders

tand

ing

of b

asic

con

cept

s and

app

licat

ion

of

tech

niqu

es in

alg

ebra

, lim

it an

d di

ffere

ntia

tion.

As s

uch,

an

asse

ssm

ent m

etho

d ba

sed

mai

nly

on e

xam

inat

ions

/test

s/qu

izze

s is c

onsi

dere

d ap

prop

riat

e.

Furt

herm

ore,

stud

ents

are

requ

ired

to su

bmit

hom

ewor

k as

sign

men

ts re

gula

rly

in o

rder

to a

llow

subj

ect l

ectu

rers

to k

eep

trac

k of

stud

ents

’ pro

gres

s in

the

cour

se.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e 21

Hou

rs

Tu

toria

l 7

Hou

rs

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf st

udy

42

Hou

rs

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

70 H

ours

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s

Hun

g, K

.F.,

Kw

an W

.C.K

. & P

ong,

G.T

.Y.

Foun

datio

n M

athe

mat

ics &

Sta

tistic

s,

McG

raw

Hill

201

3

Chu

ng, K

.C.

A sh

ort c

ours

e in

cal

culu

s and

mat

rices

, McG

raw

Hill

201

3

Lang

, S.

Shor

t Cal

culu

s, Sp

ringe

r 200

2

AI - 1

Page 45: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

Revi

sed

June

201

3

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AM

A11

01

Subj

ect T

itle

Cal

culu

s I

Cre

dit V

alue

4

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Pre-

requ

isite

: NSS

Mat

hem

atic

s plu

s Mod

ule

I or M

odul

e II

Obj

ectiv

es

This

subj

ect a

ims t

o in

trodu

ce st

uden

ts to

the

theo

ry a

nd a

pplic

atio

ns o

f di

ffer

entia

l and

inte

gral

cal

culu

s. E

mph

asis

will

be

on th

e un

ders

tand

ing

of

fund

amen

tal c

once

pts a

s wel

l as a

pplic

atio

ns o

f mat

hem

atic

al te

chni

ques

in

solv

ing

prac

tical

pro

blem

s in

scie

nce

and

engi

neer

ing.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(a) a

pply

mat

hem

atic

al re

ason

ing

to so

lve

prob

lem

s in

scie

nce

and

engi

neer

ing;

(b

) mak

e us

e of

the

know

ledg

e of

mat

hem

atic

al te

chni

ques

and

ada

pt k

now

n so

lutio

ns to

var

ious

situ

atio

ns;

(c) a

pply

mat

hem

atic

al m

odel

ing

in p

robl

em so

lvin

g;

(d) d

emon

stra

te a

bilit

ies o

f log

ical

and

ana

lytic

al th

inki

ng.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Rev

iew

of l

imit

and

cont

inui

ty; d

eriv

ativ

e an

d ru

les o

f diff

eren

tiatio

n; re

lativ

e an

d ab

solu

te e

xtre

mum

; Rol

le’s

theo

rem

and

the

mea

n va

lue

theo

rem

with

app

licat

ions

; lo

garit

hmic

, exp

onen

tial,

trigo

nom

etric

and

hyp

erbo

lic fu

nctio

ns; a

pplic

atio

ns o

f di

ffer

entia

l cal

culu

s inc

ludi

ng c

urve

sket

chin

g. I

ndef

inite

and

def

inite

inte

gral

s;

fund

amen

tal t

heor

em o

f cal

culu

s; te

chni

ques

of i

nteg

ratio

n; T

aylo

r’s t

heor

em w

ith

rem

aind

ers;

serie

s exp

ansi

on fo

r ele

men

tary

func

tions

; im

prop

er in

tegr

als;

som

e si

mpl

e ap

plic

atio

ns o

f int

egra

l cal

culu

s.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Bas

ic c

once

pts a

nd te

chni

ques

of c

alcu

lus w

ill b

e ta

ught

in le

ctur

es.

Thes

e w

ill b

e fu

rther

enh

ance

d in

tuto

rials

thro

ugh

prac

tical

pro

blem

solv

ing.

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be a

sses

sed

(Ple

ase

tick

as

appr

opria

te)

a b

c d

1.H

omew

ork,

qui

zzes

an

d m

id-te

rm te

st

40%

2. E

xam

inat

ion

60%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Revi

sed

June

201

3

Con

tinuo

us A

sses

smen

t com

pris

es o

f ass

ignm

ents

, in-

clas

s qui

zzes

, onl

ine

quiz

zes

and

a m

id-te

rm te

st.

An

exam

inat

ion

is h

eld

at th

e en

d of

the

sem

este

r.

Que

stio

ns u

sed

in a

ssig

nmen

ts, q

uizz

es, t

ests

and

exa

min

atio

ns a

re u

sed

to a

sses

s st

uden

ts’ l

evel

of u

nder

stan

ding

of t

he b

asic

con

cept

s and

thei

r abi

lity

to u

se

mat

hem

atic

al te

chni

ques

in so

lvin

g pr

oble

ms i

n sc

ienc

e an

d en

gine

erin

g.

To p

ass t

his s

ubje

ct, s

tude

nts a

re re

quire

d to

obt

ain

grad

e D

or a

bove

in b

oth

the

cont

inuo

us a

sses

smen

t and

the

exam

inat

ion

com

pone

nts.

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

The

subj

ect f

ocus

es o

n un

ders

tand

ing

of b

asic

con

cept

s and

app

licat

ion

of

tech

niqu

es in

cal

culu

s. A

s suc

h, a

n as

sess

men

t met

hod

base

d m

ainl

y on

ex

amin

atio

ns/te

sts/

quiz

zes i

s con

side

red

appr

opri

ate.

Fur

ther

mor

e, st

uden

ts

are

requ

ired

to su

bmit

hom

ewor

k as

sign

men

ts re

gula

rly

in o

rder

to a

llow

su

bjec

t lec

ture

rs to

kee

p tr

ack

of st

uden

ts’ p

rogr

ess i

n th

e co

urse

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e 42

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 14

Hr.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

H

omew

ork

and

self-

stud

y 84

Hrs

.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

14

0 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s

Hun

g, K

.F.,

Kw

an W

.C.K

. & P

ong,

G.T

.Y.

Foun

datio

n M

athe

mat

ics &

Sta

tistic

s,

McG

raw

Hill

201

3

Chu

ng, K

.C.

A sh

ort c

ours

e in

cal

culu

s and

mat

rices

, McG

raw

Hill

201

3

Thom

as, G

.B.,

Wei

r, M

.D.,

Has

s, J.

& G

iord

ano

F.R

. T

hom

as’ C

alcu

lus,

11th

edi

tion,

Pe

arso

n A

ddis

on W

esle

y 20

08

Lang

, S.

Shor

t Cal

culu

s, Sp

ringe

r 200

2

AI - 2

Page 46: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

Revi

sed

June

201

3

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AM

A11

02

Subj

ect T

itle

Cal

culu

s IA

Cre

dit V

alue

4

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Pre-

requ

isite

: AM

A11

00 F

ound

atio

n M

athe

mat

ics

Obj

ectiv

es

This

subj

ect a

ims t

o in

trodu

ce st

uden

ts to

the

theo

ry a

nd a

pplic

atio

ns o

f di

ffer

entia

l and

inte

gral

cal

culu

s. E

mph

asis

will

be

on th

e un

ders

tand

ing

of

fund

amen

tal c

once

pts a

s wel

l as a

pplic

atio

ns o

f mat

hem

atic

al te

chni

ques

in

solv

ing

prac

tical

pro

blem

s in

scie

nce

and

engi

neer

ing.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(a) a

pply

mat

hem

atic

al re

ason

ing

to so

lve

prob

lem

s in

scie

nce

and

engi

neer

ing;

(b

) mak

e us

e of

the

know

ledg

e of

mat

hem

atic

al te

chni

ques

and

ada

pt k

now

n so

lutio

ns to

var

ious

situ

atio

ns;

(c) a

pply

mat

hem

atic

al m

odel

ing

in p

robl

em so

lvin

g;

(d) d

emon

stra

te a

bilit

ies o

f log

ical

and

ana

lytic

al th

inki

ng.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Rev

iew

of l

imit,

con

tinui

ty a

nd d

eriv

ativ

e; ru

les o

f diff

eren

tiatio

n; re

lativ

e an

d ab

solu

te

extre

mum

; Rol

le’s

theo

rem

and

the

mea

n va

lue

theo

rem

with

app

licat

ions

; log

arith

mic

, ex

pone

ntia

l and

hyp

erbo

lic fu

nctio

ns; s

impl

e ap

plic

atio

ns o

f diff

eren

tial c

alcu

lus;

as

ympt

otes

of t

he g

raph

of a

func

tion;

cur

ve sk

etch

ing.

Ind

efin

ite a

nd d

efin

ite in

tegr

als

and

thei

r pro

perti

es; f

unda

men

tal t

heor

em o

f cal

culu

s; te

chni

ques

of i

nteg

ratio

n;

impr

oper

inte

gral

s; T

aylo

r’s t

heor

em w

ith re

mai

nder

s; se

ries e

xpan

sion

for e

lem

enta

ry

func

tions

; sim

ple

appl

icat

ions

of c

alcu

lus t

o ge

omet

ry.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Bas

ic c

once

pts a

nd te

chni

ques

of c

alcu

lus w

ill b

e ta

ught

in le

ctur

es.

Thes

e w

ill b

e fu

rther

enh

ance

d in

tuto

rials

thro

ugh

prac

tical

pro

blem

solv

ing.

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be a

sses

sed

(Ple

ase

tick

as

appr

opria

te)

a b

c d

1.H

omew

ork,

qui

zzes

an

d m

id-te

rm te

st

40%

2. E

xam

inat

ion

60%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Con

tinuo

us A

sses

smen

t com

pris

es o

f ass

ignm

ents

, in-

clas

s qui

zzes

, onl

ine

quiz

zes

Revi

sed

June

201

3

and

a m

id-te

rm te

st.

An

exam

inat

ion

is h

eld

at th

e en

d of

the

sem

este

r.

Que

stio

ns u

sed

in a

ssig

nmen

ts, q

uizz

es, t

ests

and

exa

min

atio

ns a

re u

sed

to a

sses

s st

uden

ts’ l

evel

of u

nder

stan

ding

of t

he b

asic

con

cept

s and

thei

r abi

lity

to u

se

mat

hem

atic

al te

chni

ques

in so

lvin

g pr

oble

ms i

n sc

ienc

e an

d en

gine

erin

g.

To p

ass t

his s

ubje

ct, s

tude

nts a

re re

quire

d to

obt

ain

grad

e D

or a

bove

in b

oth

the

cont

inuo

us a

sses

smen

t and

the

exam

inat

ion

com

pone

nts.

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

The

subj

ect f

ocus

es o

n un

ders

tand

ing

of b

asic

con

cept

s and

app

licat

ion

of

tech

niqu

es in

cal

culu

s. A

s suc

h, a

n as

sess

men

t met

hod

base

d m

ainl

y on

ex

amin

atio

ns/te

sts/

quiz

zes i

s con

side

red

appr

opri

ate.

Fur

ther

mor

e, st

uden

ts

are

requ

ired

to su

bmit

hom

ewor

k as

sign

men

ts re

gula

rly

in o

rder

to a

llow

su

bjec

t lec

ture

rs to

kee

p tr

ack

of st

uden

ts’ p

rogr

ess i

n th

e co

urse

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e 42

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 14

Hr.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

H

omew

ork

and

self-

stud

y 84

Hrs

.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

14

0 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s

Hun

g, K

.F.,

Kw

an W

.C.K

. & P

ong,

G.T

.Y.

Foun

datio

n M

athe

mat

ics &

Sta

tistic

s,

McG

raw

Hill

201

3.

Chu

ng, K

.C.

A sh

ort c

ours

e in

cal

culu

s and

mat

rices

, McG

raw

Hill

201

3.

Thom

as, G

.B.,

Wei

r, M

.D.,

Has

s, J.

& G

iord

ano

F.R

. T

hom

as’ C

alcu

lus,

11th e

d,

Pear

son

Add

ison

Wes

ley

2008

.

Lang

, S.

Shor

t Cal

culu

s, Sp

ringe

r 200

2.

AI - 3

Page 47: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

Revi

sed

June

201

3

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AM

A11

03

Subj

ect T

itle

Intro

duct

ory

Line

ar A

lgeb

ra

Cre

dit V

alue

2

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Pre-

requ

isite

: NSS

Mat

hem

atic

s Ex

clus

ion:

NSS

Mat

hem

atic

s Mod

ule

II

Obj

ectiv

es

This

subj

ect a

ims t

o in

trodu

ce st

uden

ts to

som

e ba

sic

prin

cipl

es a

nd k

now

ledg

e of

ele

men

tary

line

ar a

lgeb

ra.

Emph

asis

will

be

on th

e un

ders

tand

ing

of

fund

amen

tal c

once

pts a

s wel

l as a

pplic

atio

ns o

f mat

hem

atic

al te

chni

ques

in

solv

ing

prac

tical

pro

blem

s in

scie

nce

and

engi

neer

ing.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(a) a

pply

mat

hem

atic

al re

ason

ing

to so

lve

prob

lem

s in

scie

nce

and

engi

neer

ing;

(b

) mak

e us

e of

the

know

ledg

e an

d te

chni

ques

in li

near

alg

ebra

and

ada

pt k

now

n re

sults

to v

ario

us si

tuat

ions

; (c

) app

ly m

athe

mat

ical

mod

elin

g in

pro

blem

solv

ing;

(d

) dem

onst

rate

abi

litie

s of l

ogic

al a

nd a

naly

tical

thin

king

.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Mat

rices

; sys

tem

s of l

inea

r equ

atio

ns a

nd G

auss

ian

elim

inat

ion;

non

-sin

gula

r m

atric

es; d

eter

min

ant;

vect

ors i

n 2

or 3

dim

ensi

ons a

nd th

eir i

nner

pro

duct

; sim

ple

appl

icat

ions

of v

ecto

rs in

geo

met

ry.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Bas

ic c

once

pts a

nd te

chni

ques

of m

atric

es, l

inea

r sys

tem

s and

vec

tor s

pace

s will

be

taug

ht in

lect

ures

. Th

ese

will

be

furth

er e

nhan

ced

in tu

toria

ls th

roug

h pr

actic

al

prob

lem

solv

ing.

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be a

sses

sed

(Ple

ase

tick

as

appr

opria

te)

a b

c d

1.H

omew

ork,

qui

zzes

an

d m

id-te

rm te

st

40%

2. E

xam

inat

ion

60%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Con

tinuo

us A

sses

smen

t com

pris

es o

f ass

ignm

ents

, in-

clas

s qui

zzes

, onl

ine

quiz

zes

and

a m

id-te

rm te

st.

An

exam

inat

ion

is h

eld

at th

e en

d of

the

sem

este

r.

Que

stio

ns u

sed

in a

ssig

nmen

ts, q

uizz

es, t

ests

and

exa

min

atio

ns a

re u

sed

to a

sses

s

Revi

sed

June

201

3

stud

ents

’ lev

el o

f und

erst

andi

ng o

f the

bas

ic c

once

pts a

nd th

eir a

bilit

y to

use

m

athe

mat

ical

tech

niqu

es in

solv

ing

prob

lem

s in

scie

nce

and

engi

neer

ing.

To p

ass t

his s

ubje

ct, s

tude

nts a

re re

quire

d to

obt

ain

grad

e D

or a

bove

in b

oth

the

cont

inuo

us a

sses

smen

t and

the

exam

inat

ion

com

pone

nts.

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

The

subj

ect f

ocus

es o

n un

ders

tand

ing

of b

asic

con

cept

s and

app

licat

ion

of te

chni

ques

in

mat

rice

s, de

term

inan

t, lin

ear s

yste

ms a

nd v

ecto

rs.

As su

ch, a

n as

sess

men

t met

hod

base

d m

ainl

y on

exa

min

atio

ns/te

sts/

quiz

zes i

s con

side

red

appr

opri

ate.

Fur

ther

mor

e,

stud

ents

are

requ

ired

to su

bmit

hom

ewor

k as

sign

men

ts re

gula

rly

in o

rder

to a

llow

su

bjec

t lec

ture

rs to

kee

p tr

ack

of st

uden

ts’ p

rogr

ess i

n th

e co

urse

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e 21

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 7

Hr.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

H

omew

ork

and

self-

stud

y 42

Hrs

.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

70

Hrs

Ref

eren

ces

Cha

n, C

K, C

han,

CW

, Hun

g, K

F B

asic

Eng

inee

ring

Mat

hem

atic

s, M

cGra

w H

ill 2

013

Ant

on, H

. El

emen

tary

Lin

ear A

lgeb

ra, 1

0th e

d, Jo

hn W

iley,

201

0

AI - 4

Page 48: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

Revi

sed

June

201

3

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AM

A11

04

Subj

ect T

itle

Intro

duct

ory

Prob

abili

ty

Cre

dit V

alue

2

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Pre-

requ

isite

: NSS

Mat

hem

atic

s Ex

clus

ion:

NSS

Mat

hem

atic

s Mod

ule

I

Obj

ectiv

es

This

subj

ect a

ims t

o in

trodu

ce st

uden

ts to

som

e ba

sic

prin

cipl

es a

nd k

now

ledg

e of

pro

babi

lity.

Em

phas

is w

ill b

e on

the

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

fund

amen

tal c

once

pts

as w

ell a

s app

licat

ions

of m

athe

mat

ical

tech

niqu

es in

solv

ing

prac

tical

pro

blem

s in

scie

nce

and

engi

neer

ing.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(a)

appl

y pr

obab

ilist

ic a

nd s

tatis

tical

rea

soni

ng t

o de

scrib

e an

d an

alyz

e es

sent

ial

feat

ures

of d

ata

sets

; (b

) mak

e us

e of

the

know

ledg

e an

d te

chni

ques

in p

roba

bilit

y an

d ad

apt k

now

n re

sults

to v

ario

us si

tuat

ions

; (c

) dev

elop

and

ext

rapo

late

con

cept

s of p

roba

bilit

y an

d st

atis

tics i

n da

ta

anal

ysis

and

pro

blem

solv

ing;

(d

) dem

onst

rate

abi

litie

s of l

ogic

al a

nd a

naly

tical

thin

king

.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Intr

oduc

tion

to P

roba

bilit

y Ex

perim

ent,

even

ts a

nd p

roba

bilit

y. P

roba

bilit

y ru

les.

Bay

es’ T

heor

em.

Dis

cret

e Ra

ndom

Var

iabl

es

Intro

duct

ion

to d

iscr

ete

rand

om v

aria

bles

such

as u

nifo

rm, b

inom

ial,

Pois

son,

etc

. and

th

eir p

roba

bilit

y di

strib

utio

ns. M

athe

mat

ical

exp

ecta

tion.

C

ontin

uous

rand

om v

aria

bles

C

once

pt o

f con

tinuo

us ra

ndom

var

iabl

es su

ch a

s uni

form

, exp

onen

tial,

norm

al, e

tc. a

nd

thei

r pro

babi

lity

dens

ity fu

nctio

ns. M

athe

mat

ical

exp

ecta

tion.

Nor

mal

app

roxi

mat

ion

to

the

bino

mia

l dis

tribu

tion.

Sa

mpl

ing

Dis

trib

utio

ns

Popu

latio

n an

d ra

ndom

sam

ples

. Sam

plin

g di

strib

utio

ns re

late

d to

sam

ple

mea

n, sa

mpl

e pr

opor

tions

, and

sam

ple

varia

nces

. E

stim

atio

n of

Par

amet

ers

Con

cept

s of a

poi

nt e

stim

ator

and

a c

onfid

ence

inte

rval

. Poi

nt a

nd in

terv

al e

stim

ates

of

a m

ean

and

the

diff

eren

ce b

etw

een

two

mea

ns.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Bas

ic c

once

pts a

nd te

chni

ques

of p

roba

bilit

y an

d st

atis

tics w

ill b

e ta

ught

in

lect

ures

. Th

ese

will

be

furth

er e

nhan

ced

in tu

toria

ls th

roug

h pr

actic

al p

robl

em

solv

ing

and

case

stud

y.

Revi

sed

June

201

3

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be a

sses

sed

(Ple

ase

tick

as

appr

opria

te)

a b

c d

1.H

omew

ork,

qui

zzes

an

d m

id-te

rm te

st

40%

2. E

xam

inat

ion

60%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Con

tinuo

us A

sses

smen

t com

pris

es o

f ass

ignm

ents

, in-

clas

s qui

zzes

, onl

ine

quiz

zes a

nd

a m

id-te

rm te

st.

An

exam

inat

ion

is h

eld

at th

e en

d of

the

sem

este

r.

Que

stio

ns u

sed

in a

ssig

nmen

ts, q

uizz

es, t

ests

and

exa

min

atio

ns a

re u

sed

to a

sses

s st

uden

ts’ l

evel

of u

nder

stan

ding

of t

he b

asic

con

cept

s and

thei

r abi

lity

to u

se

mat

hem

atic

al te

chni

ques

in so

lvin

g pr

oble

ms i

n sc

ienc

e an

d en

gine

erin

g.

To p

ass t

his s

ubje

ct, s

tude

nts a

re re

quire

d to

obt

ain

grad

e D

or a

bove

in b

oth

the

cont

inuo

us a

sses

smen

t and

the

exam

inat

ion

com

pone

nts.

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

:

The

subj

ect f

ocus

es o

n un

ders

tand

ing

of b

asic

con

cept

s and

app

licat

ion

of te

chni

ques

in

pro

babi

lity

dist

ribu

tions

, ran

dom

var

iabl

es a

nd sa

mpl

ing

dist

ribu

tion.

As s

uch,

an

asse

ssm

ent m

etho

d ba

sed

mai

nly

on e

xam

inat

ions

/test

s/qu

izze

s is c

onsi

dere

d ap

prop

riat

e. F

urth

erm

ore,

stud

ents

are

requ

ired

to su

bmit

hom

ewor

k as

sign

men

ts

regu

larl

y in

ord

er to

allo

w su

bjec

t lec

ture

rs to

kee

p tr

ack

of st

uden

ts’ p

rogr

ess i

n th

e co

urse

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e 21

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 7

Hr.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

H

omew

ork

and

self-

stud

y 42

Hrs

.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

70

Hrs

.

Ref

eren

ces

Hun

g K

F an

d K

wan

CK

. Fou

ndat

ion

Mat

hem

atic

s and

Sta

tistic

s, M

cGra

w H

ill 2

012

Wal

pole

, RE,

Mye

rs, R

H, M

yers

, SL

and

Ye,

K.Y

. Pr

obab

ility

and

Sta

tistic

s for

En

gine

ers a

nd S

cien

tist.

9th

ed.

Pre

ntic

e H

all 2

012

AI - 5

Page 49: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AM

A21

11

Subj

ect T

itle

Mat

hem

atic

s I

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

C

alcu

lus I

(AM

A11

01) o

r C

alcu

lus I

A (A

MA

1102

)

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

N

il

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

intro

duce

stu

dent

s to

the

basi

c pr

inci

ples

and

tech

niqu

es

of e

ngin

eerin

g m

athe

mat

ics.

Em

phas

is w

ill b

e on

the

und

erst

andi

ng o

f fu

ndam

enta

l co

ncep

ts a

s w

ell

as a

pplic

atio

ns o

f m

athe

mat

ical

met

hods

in

solv

ing

prac

tical

pro

blem

s in

scie

nce

and

engi

neer

ing.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

U

pon

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

: 1.

ap

ply

mat

hem

atic

al r

easo

ning

to

anal

yze

esse

ntia

l fe

atur

es o

f di

ffer

ent

prob

lem

s in

scie

nce

and

engi

neer

ing;

2.

ex

tend

the

ir kn

owle

dge

of m

athe

mat

ical

and

num

eric

al t

echn

ique

s an

d ad

apt k

now

n so

lutio

ns in

var

ious

situ

atio

ns;

3.

deve

lop

and

extra

pola

te t

he m

athe

mat

ical

con

cept

s in

syn

thes

izin

g an

d so

lvin

g ne

w p

robl

ems

4.

dem

onst

rate

abi

litie

s of l

ogic

al a

nd a

naly

tical

thin

king

; 5.

se

arch

for u

sefu

l inf

orm

atio

n in

the

proc

ess o

f pro

blem

solv

ing.

Con

trib

utio

n of

the

Subj

ect t

o th

e A

ttai

nmen

t of t

he

Prog

ram

me

Out

com

es

Prog

ram

me

Out

com

es:

(for

423

75)

Cat

egor

y A

: Pro

fess

iona

l/aca

dem

ic k

now

ledg

e an

d sk

ills

Pr

ogra

mm

e O

utco

mes

1, 2

, 4 a

nd 5

.

Cat

egor

y B

: Attr

ibut

es fo

r all-

roun

dedn

ess

Pr

ogra

mm

e O

utco

mes

9 a

nd 1

0.

(for

424

70)

Cat

egor

y A

: Pro

fess

iona

l/aca

dem

ic k

now

ledg

e an

d sk

ills

Pr

ogra

mm

e O

utco

mes

4 a

nd 5

. C

ateg

ory

B: A

ttrib

utes

for a

ll-ro

unde

dnes

s

Prog

ram

me

Out

com

es 1

0 an

d 11

.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1.

Alg

ebra

of c

ompl

ex n

umbe

rs

C

ompl

ex

num

bers

, ge

omet

ric

repr

esen

tatio

n,

com

plex

ex

pone

ntia

l

func

tions

, n-th

root

s of a

com

plex

num

ber.

2.

Line

ar a

lgeb

ra

R

evie

w o

f mat

rices

, det

erm

inan

ts a

nd sy

stem

s of l

inea

r equ

atio

ns, v

ecto

r sp

aces

, in

ner

prod

uct

and

orth

ogon

ality

, eig

enva

lues

and

eig

enve

ctor

s, ap

plic

atio

ns.

3.

Ord

inar

y di

ffer

entia

l equ

atio

ns

O

DE

of f

irst

and

seco

nd o

rder

, lin

ear

syst

ems,

Lapl

ace

trans

form

s, C

onvo

lutio

n th

eore

m, a

pplic

atio

ns to

mec

hani

cal v

ibra

tions

and

sim

ple

circ

uits

.

4.

Diff

eren

tial c

alcu

lus o

f fun

ctio

ns o

f sev

eral

var

iabl

es

Pa

rtial

der

ivat

ives

, to

tal

diff

eren

tial,

chai

n ru

le,

Tayl

or’s

exp

ansi

on,

max

ima

and

min

ima,

di

rect

iona

l de

rivat

ives

, La

gran

ge

mul

tiplie

rs,

impl

icit

diff

eren

tiatio

n, a

pplic

atio

ns.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

The

subj

ect

will

be

deliv

ered

mai

nly

thro

ugh

lect

ures

and

tut

oria

ls.

The

le

ctur

es a

im to

pro

vide

the

stud

ents

with

an

inte

grat

ed k

now

ledg

e re

quire

d fo

r th

e un

ders

tand

ing

and

appl

icat

ion

of

mat

hem

atic

al

conc

epts

an

d te

chni

ques

. T

utor

ials

will

mai

nly

be u

sed

to d

evel

op s

tude

nts’

pro

blem

so

lvin

g ab

ility

.

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed (P

leas

e tic

k as

app

ropr

iate

)

1 2

3 4

5

1.H

omew

ork,

qui

zzes

an

d m

id-te

rm te

st

40%

2. E

xam

inat

ion

60%

Tota

l 10

0%

C

ontin

uous

Ass

essm

ent

com

pris

es o

f as

sign

men

ts, i

n-cl

ass

quiz

zes,

onlin

e qu

izze

s an

d a

mid

-term

tes

t. A

n ex

amin

atio

n is

hel

d at

the

end

of

the

sem

este

r.

Que

stio

ns u

sed

in a

ssig

nmen

ts, q

uizz

es, t

ests

and

exa

min

atio

ns a

re u

sed

to

asse

ss st

uden

ts’ l

evel

of u

nder

stan

ding

of t

he b

asic

con

cept

s an

d th

eir a

bilit

y to

us

e m

athe

mat

ical

te

chni

ques

in

so

lvin

g pr

oble

ms

in

scie

nce

and

engi

neer

ing.

To p

ass t

his

subj

ect,

stud

ents

are

requ

ired

to o

btai

n gr

ade

D o

r abo

ve in

bot

h th

e co

ntin

uous

ass

essm

ent a

nd th

e ex

amin

atio

n co

mpo

nent

s.

Expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

The

subj

ect f

ocus

es o

n un

ders

tand

ing

of b

asic

con

cept

s an

d ap

plic

atio

n of

te

chni

ques

in

engi

neer

ing

mat

hem

atic

s. A

s su

ch,

an a

sses

smen

t m

etho

d ba

sed

mai

nly

on

exam

inat

ions

/test

s/qu

izze

s is

co

nsid

ered

ap

prop

riat

e.

Furt

herm

ore,

st

uden

ts

are

requ

ired

to

su

bmit

hom

ewor

k as

sign

men

ts

regu

larl

y in

ord

er t

o al

low

sub

ject

lec

ture

rs t

o ke

ep t

rack

of

stud

ents

’ pr

ogre

ss in

the

cour

se.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e 28

Hou

rs

Tu

toria

l 14

Hou

rs

M

id-te

rm te

st a

nd e

xam

inat

ion

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t 5

hour

s

A

ssig

nmen

ts a

nd S

elf s

tudy

7

3 H

ours

AI - 6

Page 50: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

Tot

al st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

120

Hou

rs

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s 1.

C

.K. C

han,

C.W

. Cha

n an

d K

.F. H

ung,

Bas

ic E

ngin

eeri

ng M

athe

mat

ics,

McG

raw

-Hill

, 201

3.

2.

Ant

on, H

. El

emen

tary

Lin

ear A

lgeb

ra (1

0th

editi

on).

John

Wile

y, 2

010.

3.

K

reys

zig,

E. (

2011

). A

dvan

ced

Engi

neer

ing

Mat

hem

atic

s, 10

th e

d.

Wile

y.

4.

Jam

es, G

. (2

008)

. M

oder

n En

gine

erin

g M

athe

mat

ics,

4th

ed. P

rent

ice

Hal

l. 5.

Th

omas

, G. B

., W

eir,

M. D

. &

Has

s, J.

R. (

2009

). T

hom

as’

Cal

culu

s, 12

th e

d. A

ddis

on W

esle

y.

AI - 7

Page 51: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AM

A21

12

Subj

ect T

itle

Mat

hem

atic

s II

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

M

athe

mat

ics I

(AM

A21

11)

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

N

il

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

is a

con

tinua

tion

of A

MA

2111

. It

aim

s to

intro

duce

stu

dent

s to

th

e ba

sic

prin

cipl

es a

nd te

chni

ques

of

engi

neer

ing

mat

hem

atic

s. E

mph

asis

w

ill b

e on

the

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

fund

amen

tal c

once

pts

as w

ell a

s ap

plic

atio

ns

of m

athe

mat

ical

met

hods

in

solv

ing

prac

tical

pro

blem

s in

sci

ence

and

en

gine

erin

g.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

1.

appl

y m

athe

mat

ical

rea

soni

ng t

o an

alyz

e es

sent

ial

feat

ures

of

diff

eren

t pr

oble

ms i

n sc

ienc

e an

d en

gine

erin

g;

2.

exte

nd t

heir

know

ledg

e of

mat

hem

atic

al a

nd n

umer

ical

tec

hniq

ues

and

adap

t kno

wn

solu

tions

in v

ario

us si

tuat

ions

; 3.

de

velo

p an

d ex

trapo

late

the

mat

hem

atic

al c

once

pts

in s

ynth

esiz

ing

and

solv

ing

new

pro

blem

s 4.

de

mon

stra

te a

bilit

ies o

f log

ical

and

ana

lytic

al th

inki

ng;

5.

sear

ch fo

r use

ful i

nfor

mat

ion

in th

e pr

oces

s of p

robl

em so

lvin

g.

Con

trib

utio

n of

the

Subj

ect t

o th

e A

ttai

nmen

t of t

he

Prog

ram

me

Out

com

es

Prog

ram

me

Out

com

es:

Cat

egor

y A

: Pro

fess

iona

l/aca

dem

ic k

now

ledg

e an

d sk

ills

Pr

ogra

mm

e O

utco

mes

4 a

nd 5

.

Cat

egor

y B

: Attr

ibut

es fo

r all-

roun

dedn

ess

Pr

ogra

mm

e O

utco

mes

10

and

11.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1.

Mul

tiple

inte

gral

s

Dou

ble

and

tripl

e in

tegr

als,

chan

ge o

f var

iabl

es, a

pplic

atio

ns to

pro

blem

s in

geo

met

ry a

nd m

echa

nics

. 2.

V

ecto

r cal

culu

s

Vec

tor

and

scal

ar f

ield

s, th

e de

l ope

rato

r, lin

e an

d su

rfac

e in

tegr

als,

the

th

eore

ms

of G

reen

, G

auss

and

Sto

kes,

appl

icat

ions

to

elec

trom

agne

tic

th

eory

and

flui

d m

echa

nics

. 3.

Se

ries e

xpan

sion

Infin

ite se

ries,

Tayl

or’s

exp

ansi

on, F

ourie

r ser

ies

expa

nsio

n of

a p

erio

dic

fu

nctio

n.

4.

Parti

al d

iffer

entia

l equ

atio

ns

Fo

rmul

atio

n of

PD

E of

mat

hem

atic

al p

hysi

cs, s

epar

atio

n of

var

iabl

es,

in

itial

-bou

ndar

y va

lue

prob

lem

s, in

trodu

ctio

n to

Fou

rier t

rans

form

s.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

The

subj

ect

will

be

deliv

ered

mai

nly

thro

ugh

lect

ures

and

tut

oria

ls.

The

le

ctur

es a

im to

pro

vide

the

stud

ents

with

an

inte

grat

ed k

now

ledg

e re

quire

d fo

r th

e un

ders

tand

ing

and

appl

icat

ion

of

mat

hem

atic

al

conc

epts

an

d te

chni

ques

. T

utor

ials

will

mai

nly

be u

sed

to d

evel

op s

tude

nts’

pro

blem

so

lvin

g ab

ility

.

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed (P

leas

e tic

k as

app

ropr

iate

)

1 2

3 4

5

1.

Hom

ewor

k,

quiz

zes a

nd m

id-

term

test

40%

2.

Exam

inat

ion

60%

Tota

l 10

0%

C

ontin

uous

Ass

essm

ent

com

pris

es o

f as

sign

men

ts, i

n-cl

ass

quiz

zes,

onlin

e qu

izze

s an

d a

mid

-term

tes

t. A

n ex

amin

atio

n is

hel

d at

the

end

of

the

sem

este

r.

Que

stio

ns u

sed

in a

ssig

nmen

ts, q

uizz

es, t

ests

and

exa

min

atio

ns a

re u

sed

to

asse

ss st

uden

ts’ l

evel

of u

nder

stan

ding

of t

he b

asic

con

cept

s an

d th

eir a

bilit

y to

us

e m

athe

mat

ical

te

chni

ques

in

so

lvin

g pr

oble

ms

in

scie

nce

and

engi

neer

ing.

To p

ass t

his

subj

ect,

stud

ents

are

requ

ired

to o

btai

n gr

ade

D o

r abo

ve in

bot

h th

e co

ntin

uous

ass

essm

ent a

nd th

e ex

amin

atio

n co

mpo

nent

s.

Expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

The

subj

ect f

ocus

es o

n un

ders

tand

ing

of b

asic

con

cept

s an

d ap

plic

atio

n of

te

chni

ques

in

engi

neer

ing

mat

hem

atic

s. A

s su

ch,

an a

sses

smen

t m

etho

d ba

sed

mai

nly

on

exam

inat

ions

/test

s/qu

izze

s is

co

nsid

ered

ap

prop

riat

e.

Furt

herm

ore,

st

uden

ts

are

requ

ired

to

su

bmit

hom

ewor

k as

sign

men

ts

regu

larl

y in

ord

er t

o al

low

sub

ject

lec

ture

rs t

o ke

ep t

rack

of

stud

ents

’ pr

ogre

ss in

the

cour

se.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e 28

Hou

rs

Tu

toria

l 14

Hou

rs

M

id-te

rm te

st a

nd e

xam

inat

ion

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t 5

hour

s

A

ssig

nmen

ts a

nd S

elf s

tudy

7

3 H

ours

Tot

al st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

120

Hou

rs

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s 1.

C

.K. C

han,

C.W

. Cha

n an

d K

.F. H

ung,

Bas

ic E

ngin

eeri

ng M

athe

mat

ics,

McG

raw

-Hill

, 201

3.

2.

Ant

on, H

. El

emen

tary

Lin

ear A

lgeb

ra (1

0th

editi

on).

John

Wile

y, 2

010.

3.

K

reys

zig,

E. (

2011

). A

dvan

ced

Engi

neer

ing

Mat

hem

atic

s, 10

th e

d.

Wile

y.

4.

Jam

es, G

. (2

008)

. M

oder

n En

gine

erin

g M

athe

mat

ics,

4th

ed. P

rent

ice

AI - 8

Page 52: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

Hal

l. 5.

Th

omas

, G. B

., W

eir,

M. D

. &

Has

s, J.

R. (

2009

). T

hom

as’ C

alcu

lus,

12th

ed.

Add

ison

Wes

ley.

AI - 9

Page 53: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

  

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AP0

0002

Subj

ect T

itle

Foun

datio

n Ph

ysic

s I

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

0

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

To p

rovi

de s

tude

nts

with

fun

dam

enta

l kn

owle

dge

in p

hysi

cs f

ocus

ing

on t

he t

opic

s of

m

echa

nics

and

ther

mal

phy

sics

.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(a)

gras

p a

basi

c un

ders

tand

ing

in s

elec

ted

fund

amen

tal p

hysi

cal p

rinci

ples

in m

echa

nics

an

d th

erm

al p

hysi

cs;

(b)

solv

e re

al-li

fe p

robl

ems b

ased

on

the

phys

ical

prin

cipl

es; a

nd

(c)

appr

ecia

te t

he i

mpo

rtanc

e of

som

e ph

ysic

al p

rinci

ples

as

empl

oyed

in

vario

us

bran

ches

of e

ngin

eerin

g.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Mec

hani

cs: s

cala

rs a

nd v

ecto

rs; d

ispl

acem

ent,

velo

city

and

acc

eler

atio

n; m

otio

n al

ong

a st

raig

ht l

ine;

pro

ject

ile m

otio

n; N

ewto

n’s

law

s of

mot

ions

; ad

ditio

n an

d re

solu

tion

of

forc

es;

wor

k, e

nerg

y an

d po

wer

; co

nser

vatio

n of

ene

rgy;

mom

entu

m,

impu

lse

and

colli

sion

; con

serv

atio

n of

mom

entu

m.

The

rmal

phy

sics

: tem

pera

ture

and

ther

mom

eter

; hea

t and

inte

rnal

ene

rgy;

hea

t cap

acity

; ch

ange

of s

tate

and

late

nt h

eat;

cond

uctio

n, c

onve

ctio

n an

d ra

diat

ion;

eva

pora

tion;

gen

eral

ga

s law

.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Lec

ture

: Th

e fu

ndam

enta

ls

in

mec

hani

cs

and

ther

mal

ph

ysic

s w

ill

be

expl

aine

d.

Exam

ples

will

be

used

to il

lust

rate

the

conc

epts

and

idea

s in

the

lect

ure.

The

stu

dent

s ar

e fr

ee to

requ

est h

elp.

Hom

ewor

k pr

oble

m s

ets

will

be

give

n. T

he s

tude

nts

are

enco

urag

ed

to s

olve

pro

blem

s an

d to

use

thei

r ow

n kn

owle

dge

to v

erify

thei

r sol

utio

ns b

efor

e se

ekin

g as

sist

ance

.

Stud

ent-

cent

ered

Tut

oria

l: St

uden

ts w

ork

on a

set

of p

robl

ems

in th

e tu

toria

ls.

Stud

ents

ar

e en

cour

aged

to tr

y to

sol

ve p

robl

ems

befo

re s

eeki

ng a

ssis

tanc

e.

Thes

e pr

oble

m s

ets

prov

ide

them

opp

ortu

nitie

s to

app

ly th

e kn

owle

dge

gain

ed f

rom

the

lec

ture

. Th

ey a

lso

help

the

stud

ents

con

solid

ate

wha

t the

y ha

ve le

arne

d. F

urth

erm

ore,

stud

ents

can

dev

elop

a

deep

er u

nder

stan

ding

of t

he su

bjec

t in

rela

tion

to e

ngin

eerin

g sc

ienc

e.

  A

sses

smen

t Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

wei

ghtin

g

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

(Ple

ase

tick

as a

ppro

pria

te)

a b

c

(1)

Con

tinuo

us a

sses

smen

t 40

(2)

Exam

inat

ion

60

Tota

l 10

0

Hom

ewor

k pr

oble

m s

ets

and

test

s (a

sses

smen

t met

hod

1) a

nd a

fina

l writ

ten

exam

inat

ion

(ass

essm

ent

met

hod

2) a

ll re

quire

dem

onst

ratio

n of

bas

ic u

nder

stan

ding

of

the

rele

vant

ph

ysic

s (a

), go

od p

robl

em s

olvi

ng s

kills

(b)

, an

d be

ing

able

to

rela

te t

he f

unda

men

tal

phys

ics t

o en

gine

erin

g pr

oble

ms (

c).

The

cont

inuo

us a

sses

smen

ts a

im a

t che

ckin

g th

e pr

ogre

ss o

f stu

dent

s stu

dy th

roug

hout

the

cour

se,

assi

stin

g th

em i

n se

lf-m

onito

ring

of f

ulfil

ling

the

lear

ning

out

com

es.

The

ex

amin

atio

n w

ill b

e us

ed to

ass

ess

the

know

ledg

e ac

quire

d by

the

stud

ents

; as

wel

l as

to

dete

rmin

e th

e de

gree

of a

chie

ving

the

lear

ning

out

com

es.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e 28

h

Tu

toria

l 14

h

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf-st

udy

78 h

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

12

0 h

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s Jo

hn D

. Cut

nell

& K

enne

th W

. Joh

nson

, Int

rodu

ctio

n to

Phy

sics

, 9th

edi

tion,

201

3, Jo

hn

Wile

y &

Son

s.

Gia

mba

ttist

a, R

icha

rdso

n an

d R

icha

rdso

n, P

hysi

cs, 2

nd e

ditio

n, 2

010,

MaG

raw

-Hill

.

AI - 10

Page 54: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

  

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AP0

0003

Subj

ect T

itle

Foun

datio

n Ph

ysic

s II

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

0

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

To p

rovi

de st

uden

ts w

ith fu

ndam

enta

l kno

wle

dge

in p

hysi

cs fo

cusi

ng o

n th

e to

pics

of

wav

es a

nd e

lect

rom

agne

tism

.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(d)

gras

p a

basi

c un

ders

tand

ing

in s

elec

ted

fund

amen

tal p

hysi

cal p

rinci

ples

in w

aves

and

el

ectro

mag

netis

m;

(e)

solv

e re

al-li

fe p

robl

ems b

ased

on

the

phys

ical

prin

cipl

es; a

nd

(f)

appr

ecia

te th

e im

porta

nce

of so

me

phys

ical

prin

cipl

es a

s em

ploy

ed in

var

ious

bra

nche

s of

eng

inee

ring.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Wav

es: n

atur

e of

wav

es; w

ave

mot

ion

and

prop

agat

ion;

long

itudi

nal a

nd tr

ansv

erse

wav

es;

refle

ctio

n an

d re

frac

tion;

su

perp

ositi

on

of

wav

es;

stan

ding

w

aves

; di

ffra

ctio

n an

d in

terf

eren

ce; s

ound

wav

es; l

ight

in e

lect

rom

agne

tic s

pect

rum

; ref

lect

ion

and

refr

actio

n of

lig

ht; t

otal

inte

rnal

refle

ctio

n; im

age

form

atio

n by

mirr

ors a

nd le

nses

; wav

e na

ture

of l

ight

. E

lect

rom

agne

tism

: el

ectri

c ch

arge

s;

elec

tric

field

an

d po

tent

ial;

curr

ent,

pote

ntia

l di

ffer

ence

and

res

ista

nce;

Ohm

’s l

aw;

serie

s an

d pa

ralle

l ci

rcui

ts;

elec

trica

l po

wer

; m

agne

tic f

orce

and

mag

netic

fie

ld; m

agne

tic e

ffec

t of

elec

tric

curr

ent;

mag

netic

for

ce o

n m

ovin

g ch

arge

s and

cur

rent

-car

ryin

g co

nduc

tors

; Hal

l eff

ect;

elec

trom

agne

tic in

duct

ion.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Lec

ture

: The

fund

amen

tals

in w

aves

and

ele

ctro

mag

netis

m w

ill b

e ex

plai

ned.

Exa

mpl

es

will

be

used

to

illus

trate

the

con

cept

s an

d id

eas

in t

he le

ctur

e.

The

stud

ents

are

fre

e to

re

ques

t hel

p. H

omew

ork

prob

lem

sets

will

be

give

n. T

he st

uden

ts a

re e

ncou

rage

d to

solv

e pr

oble

ms

and

to u

se t

heir

own

know

ledg

e to

ver

ify t

heir

solu

tions

bef

ore

seek

ing

assi

stan

ce.

Stud

ent-

cent

ered

Tut

oria

l: St

uden

ts w

ork

on a

set

of p

robl

ems

in th

e tu

toria

ls.

Stud

ents

ar

e en

cour

aged

to

try t

o so

lve

prob

lem

s be

fore

see

king

ass

ista

nce.

Th

ese

prob

lem

set

s pr

ovid

e th

em o

ppor

tuni

ties

to a

pply

the

kno

wle

dge

gain

ed f

rom

the

lec

ture

. Th

ey a

lso

help

the

stud

ents

con

solid

ate

wha

t the

y ha

ve le

arne

d. F

urth

erm

ore,

stu

dent

s ca

n de

velo

p a

deep

er u

nder

stan

ding

of t

he su

bjec

t in

rela

tion

to e

ngin

eerin

g sc

ienc

e.

  A

sses

smen

t Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

wei

ghtin

g

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be

asse

ssed

(Ple

ase

tick

as a

ppro

pria

te)

a b

c

(1)

Con

tinuo

us a

sses

smen

t 40

(2)

Exam

inat

ion

60

Tota

l 10

0

Hom

ewor

k pr

oble

m s

ets

and

test

s (a

sses

smen

t met

hod

1) a

nd a

fin

al w

ritte

n ex

amin

atio

n (a

sses

smen

t m

etho

d 2)

all

requ

ire d

emon

stra

tion

of b

asic

und

erst

andi

ng o

f th

e re

leva

nt

phys

ics

(a),

good

pro

blem

sol

ving

ski

lls (

b),

and

bein

g ab

le t

o re

late

the

fun

dam

enta

l ph

ysic

s to

engi

neer

ing

prob

lem

s (c)

.

The

cont

inuo

us a

sses

smen

ts a

im a

t che

ckin

g th

e pr

ogre

ss o

f stu

dent

s st

udy

thro

ugho

ut th

e co

urse

, as

sist

ing

them

in

self-

mon

itorin

g of

ful

fillin

g th

e le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

. T

he

exam

inat

ion

will

be

used

to a

sses

s th

e kn

owle

dge

acqu

ired

by th

e st

uden

ts; a

s w

ell a

s to

de

term

ine

the

degr

ee o

f ach

ievi

ng th

e le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Req

uire

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e 28

h

Tu

toria

l 14

h

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf-st

udy

78 h

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

12

0 h

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s Jo

hn D

. Cut

nell

& K

enne

th W

. Joh

nson

, Int

rodu

ctio

n to

Phy

sics

, 9th

edi

tion,

201

3, J

ohn

Wile

y &

Son

s.

Gia

mba

ttist

a, R

icha

rdso

n an

d R

icha

rdso

n, P

hysi

cs, 2

nd e

ditio

n, 2

010,

MaG

raw

-Hill

.

AI - 11

Page 55: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AP1

0004

Subj

ect T

itle

Phys

ics E

xper

imen

ts

Cre

dit V

alue

1

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/ C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

To p

rovi

de th

e st

uden

ts w

ith h

ands

-on

expe

rienc

e in

the

oper

atio

n of

var

ious

kin

ds o

f ph

ysic

al in

stru

men

ts a

nd to

app

ly th

eir

know

ledg

e in

phy

sica

l prin

cipl

es f

or p

ract

ical

ap

plic

atio

ns.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(a)

appl

y th

e pr

inci

ples

, m

etho

dolo

gies

and

ski

lls f

or e

xper

imen

tal

obse

rvat

ion

and

inte

rpre

tatio

n fo

r sci

entif

ic a

nd e

ngin

eerin

g pu

rpos

es;

(b)

anal

yze,

eva

luat

e, s

ynth

esiz

e an

d pr

opos

e so

lutio

ns t

o pr

oble

ms

of a

gen

eral

na

ture

with

inno

vativ

e/cr

eativ

e id

eas w

here

app

ropr

iate

; and

(c

) to

col

labo

rate

smoo

thly

with

oth

ers i

n te

amw

ork.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Sugg

este

d Ex

perim

ents

: 1.

Li

near

mot

ion

and

New

ton’

s Law

s 2.

A

rtwoo

d's M

achi

ne a

nd K

inet

ic F

rictio

n 3.

Ph

ysic

al P

endu

lum

4.

Sp

ecifi

c H

eat o

f obj

ects

5.

Id

eal G

as L

aw

6.

Hea

t Eng

ine

Cyc

le

7.

Soun

d W

aves

and

Sta

ndin

g W

aves

8.

Li

ght I

nten

sity

and

Pol

ariz

atio

n 9.

In

terf

eren

ce fr

om a

Sin

gle-

slit

and

a D

oubl

e-sl

it 10

. El

ectro

stat

ic sy

stem

11

. M

agne

tic F

ield

s 12

. El

ectro

mag

netic

indu

ctio

n

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Lab

orat

ory:

Tw

elve

exp

erim

ents

will

be

cond

ucte

d.

They

cov

er th

e w

hole

ran

ge o

f fu

ndam

enta

l ph

ysic

s, i.e

. m

echa

nics

, he

at,

wav

e,

light

, an

d el

ectro

mag

netis

m.

Stud

ents

will

wor

k in

gro

ups

and

cond

uct

the

expe

rimen

ts u

nder

the

gui

danc

e of

te

achi

ng s

taff

. T

hey

are

requ

ired

to a

naly

ze t

heir

expe

rimen

tal

resu

lts u

sing

bas

ic

phys

ical

prin

cipl

es.

The

y al

so h

ave

to a

nsw

er p

rese

t qu

estio

ns a

nd c

ompl

ete

labo

rato

ry re

ports

bef

ore

they

leav

e th

e la

bora

tory

.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

d in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

ou

tcom

es to

be

asse

ssed

(P

leas

e tic

k as

app

ropr

iate

) a

b c

Labo

rato

ry R

epor

ts

70

Parti

cipa

tion

30

To

tal

100

Ex

plan

atio

n of

the

appr

opria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds in

ass

essi

ng th

e in

tend

ed

lear

ning

out

com

es:

Met

hod

1 is

des

igne

d to

ass

ess

how

the

stud

ents

can

app

ly th

eir

know

ledg

e an

d w

heth

er

they

can

pro

vide

a s

olut

ion

to a

pra

ctic

al p

robl

em, w

hich

are

the

lear

ning

out

com

es o

f (a)

an

d (b

). It

als

o en

cour

ages

the

stud

ents

to w

ork

in g

roup

s, w

hich

is o

utco

me

(c).

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Req

uire

d C

lass

con

tact

La

bora

tory

36

h

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

36 h

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

Jo

hn W

. Jew

ett a

nd R

aym

ond

A. S

erw

ay, “

Phys

ics

for

Scie

ntis

ts a

nd E

ngin

eers

”, 2

010,

8t

h ed

ition

, Bro

oks/

Col

e C

enga

ge L

earn

ing.

W

. Bau

er a

nd G

.D. W

estfa

ll, “

Uni

vers

ity P

hysi

cs w

ith M

oder

n Ph

ysic

s”, 2

011,

McG

raw

-H

ill.

AI - 12

Page 56: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

  

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AP1

0008

Subj

ect T

itle

Uni

vers

ity P

hysi

cs I

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

This

cou

rse

prov

ides

a b

road

fou

ndat

ion

in m

echa

nics

and

the

rmal

phy

sics

to

thos

e st

uden

ts w

ho a

re g

oing

to st

udy

scie

nce,

eng

inee

ring,

or r

elat

ed p

rogr

amm

es.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(a)

solv

e si

mpl

e pr

oble

ms i

n si

ngle

-par

ticle

mec

hani

cs u

sing

cal

culu

s and

vec

tors

; (b

) so

lve

prob

lem

s in

mec

hani

cs o

f man

y-pa

rticl

e sy

stem

s usi

ng c

alcu

lus a

nd v

ecto

rs;

(c)

defin

e si

mpl

e ha

rmon

ic m

otio

n an

d so

lve

sim

ple

prob

lem

s;

(d)

expl

ain

the

form

atio

n of

aco

ustic

al st

andi

ng w

aves

and

bea

ts;

(e

) us

e D

oppl

er’s

eff

ect t

o ex

plai

n ch

ange

s in

freq

uenc

y re

ceiv

ed.

(f)

expl

ain

idea

l gas

law

s in

term

s of k

inet

ic th

eory

; (g

) ap

ply

the

first

law

of t

herm

odyn

amic

s to

sim

ple

proc

esse

s; a

nd

(h)

solv

e si

mpl

e pr

oble

ms r

elat

ed to

the

Car

not c

ycle

.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Mec

hani

cs:

calc

ulus

-bas

ed k

inem

atic

s, dy

nam

ics

and

New

ton’

s la

ws;

cal

culu

s-ba

sed

New

toni

an m

echa

nics

, in

volv

ing

the

appl

icat

ion

of i

mpu

lse,

mom

entu

m,

wor

k an

d en

ergy

, et

c.;

cons

erva

tion

law

; gr

avita

tion

field

; sy

stem

s of

par

ticle

s; c

ollis

ions

; rig

id

body

rot

atio

n; a

ngul

ar m

omen

tum

; osc

illat

ions

and

sim

ple

harm

onic

mot

ion;

pen

dulu

m;

stat

ics;

long

itudi

nal a

nd tr

ansv

erse

wav

es; t

rave

lling

wav

e; D

oppl

er e

ffec

t; ac

oust

ics.

The

rmal

phy

sics

: con

duct

ion,

con

vect

ion

and

radi

atio

n; b

lack

bod

y ra

diat

ion

and

ener

gy

quan

tizat

ion;

ide

al g

as a

nd k

inet

ic t

heor

y; w

ork,

hea

t an

d in

tern

al e

nerg

y; f

irst

law

of

ther

mod

ynam

ics;

ent

ropy

and

the

sec

ond

law

of

ther

mod

ynam

ics;

Car

not

cycl

e; h

eat

engi

ne a

nd re

frig

erat

ors.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Lec

ture

: Fu

ndam

enta

ls i

n m

echa

nics

, w

aves

and

ele

ctro

mag

netis

m w

ill b

e ex

plai

ned.

Ex

ampl

es w

ill b

e us

ed to

illu

stra

te th

e co

ncep

ts a

nd id

eas i

n th

e le

ctur

e. S

tude

nts a

re fr

ee

to re

ques

t hel

p. H

omew

ork

prob

lem

sets

will

be

give

n.

  

Stud

ent-

cent

ered

Tut

oria

l: St

uden

ts w

ill w

ork

on a

set

of

prob

lem

s in

tut

oria

ls.

Stud

ents

are

enc

oura

ged

to so

lve

prob

lem

s and

to u

se th

eir o

wn

know

ledg

e to

ver

ify th

eir

solu

tions

bef

ore

seek

ing

assi

stan

ce.

Thes

e pr

oble

m s

ets

prov

ide

them

opp

ortu

nitie

s to

ap

ply

thei

r kno

wle

dge

gain

ed fr

om th

e le

ctur

e. T

hey

also

hel

p th

e st

uden

ts to

con

solid

ate

wha

t the

y ha

ve le

arne

d. F

urth

erm

ore,

stud

ents

can

dev

elop

a d

eepe

r und

erst

andi

ng o

f the

su

bjec

t in

rela

tion

to d

aily

life

phe

nom

ena

or e

xper

ienc

e.

e-le

arni

ng:

In o

rder

to

enha

nce

the

effe

ctiv

enes

s of

tea

chin

g an

d le

arni

ng p

roce

sses

, el

ectro

nic

mea

ns a

nd m

ultim

edia

tec

hnol

ogie

s w

ould

be

adop

ted

for

pres

enta

tions

of

lect

ures

; com

mun

icat

ion

betw

een

stud

ents

and

lect

urer

; del

iver

y of

han

dout

s, ho

mew

ork

and

notic

es e

tc.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

(Ple

ase

tick

as a

ppro

pria

te)

a b

c d

e f

g h

(1)

Con

tinuo

us a

sses

smen

t 40

(2)

Exam

inat

ion

60

Tota

l 10

0

Con

tinuo

us a

sses

smen

t:

The

cont

inuo

us a

sses

smen

t in

clud

es a

ssig

nmen

ts,

quiz

zes

and

test

(s)

whi

ch a

im a

t ch

ecki

ng th

e pr

ogre

ss o

f stu

dent

s st

udy

thro

ugho

ut th

e co

urse

, ass

istin

g th

em in

fulfi

lling

th

e le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

.

Ass

ignm

ents

in g

ener

al in

clud

e en

d-of

-cha

pter

pro

blem

s, w

hich

are

use

d to

rein

forc

e an

d as

sess

the

conc

epts

and

ski

lls a

cqui

red

by th

e st

uden

ts; a

nd to

let t

hem

kno

w th

e le

vel o

f un

ders

tand

ing

that

they

are

exp

ecte

d to

reac

h.

At l

east

one

test

wou

ld b

e ad

min

iste

red

durin

g th

e co

urse

of

the

subj

ect a

s a

mea

ns o

f tim

ely

chec

king

of l

earn

ing

prog

ress

by

refe

rrin

g to

the

inte

nded

out

com

es, a

nd a

s m

eans

of

che

ckin

g ho

w e

ffec

tive

the

stud

ents

dig

est a

nd c

onso

lidat

e th

e m

ater

ials

taug

ht in

the

clas

s.

Exa

min

atio

n: T

his

is a

maj

or a

sses

smen

t co

mpo

nent

of

the

subj

ect.

It

wou

ld b

e a

clos

ed-b

ook

exam

inat

ion.

Com

plic

ated

form

ulas

wou

ld b

e gi

ven

to a

void

rote

mem

ory,

su

ch th

at th

e em

phas

is o

f ass

essm

ent w

ould

be

put o

n te

stin

g th

e un

ders

tand

ing,

ana

lysi

s an

d pr

oble

m so

lvin

g ab

ility

of t

he st

uden

ts.

AI - 13

Page 57: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

  St

uden

t Stu

dy E

ffor

t E

xpec

ted

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e 36

h

Tu

toria

l 6

h

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf-st

udy

78 h

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort:

12

0 h

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s Y

oung

and

Fre

edm

an, (

2007

), U

nive

rsity

Phy

sics

, 12t

h ed

ition

, Pea

rson

.

Bau

er a

nd W

estfa

ll, (

2011

), U

nive

rsity

Phy

sics

with

Mod

ern

Phys

ics,

1st

editi

on,

McG

raw

-Hill

.

  

AI - 14

Page 58: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

  

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AP1

0009

Subj

ect T

itle

Uni

vers

ity P

hysi

cs II

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

To p

rovi

de s

tude

nts

with

fun

dam

enta

l kn

owle

dge

in p

hysi

cs f

ocus

ing

on t

he t

opic

s of

w

aves

and

ele

ctro

mag

netis

m. T

his

cour

se p

repa

res

stud

ents

to s

tudy

sci

ence

, eng

inee

ring

or re

late

d pr

ogra

mm

es.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(a)

appl

y si

mpl

e la

ws i

n op

tics t

o ex

plai

n im

age

form

atio

n;

(b) e

xpla

in p

heno

men

a re

late

d to

the

wav

e ch

arac

ter o

f lig

ht;

(c) d

efin

e el

ectro

stat

ic fi

eld

and

pote

ntia

l; (d

) use

Gau

ss’ l

aw in

solv

ing

prob

lem

s in

elec

trost

atic

s;

(e) s

olve

pro

blem

s on

inte

ract

ion

betw

een

curr

ent a

nd m

agne

tic fi

eld;

(f

) app

ly e

lect

rom

agne

tic in

duct

ion

to v

ario

us p

heno

men

a; a

nd

(g) s

olve

sim

ple

prob

lem

s in

AC

circ

uits

.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Wav

es a

nd o

ptic

s: n

atur

e of

ligh

t, re

flect

ion

and

refr

actio

n; im

age

form

atio

n by

mirr

ors

and

lens

es; c

ompo

und

lens

; mic

rosc

ope

and

tele

scop

e; s

uper

posi

tion

of w

aves

; Huy

gen’

s pr

inci

ple;

in

terf

eren

ce

and

diff

ract

ion;

in

terf

erom

eter

s an

d di

ffra

ctio

n gr

atin

g;

pola

rizat

ion.

Ele

ctro

mag

netis

m: c

harg

e an

d Fi

eld;

Cou

lom

b’s

law

and

Gau

ss’ l

aw; e

lect

rost

atic

fiel

d an

d po

tent

ial

diff

eren

ce;

capa

cito

rs a

nd d

iele

ctric

; cu

rren

t an

d re

sist

ance

; O

hm’s

law

; el

ectro

mot

ive

forc

e, p

oten

tial

diff

eren

ce a

nd R

C c

ircui

ts;

mag

netic

for

ce o

n m

ovin

g ch

arge

s an

d cu

rren

t; H

all e

ffect

; Bio

t-Sav

art l

aw a

nd A

mpe

re’s

law

; Far

aday

’s la

w a

nd

Lenz

’s l

aw;

self-

indu

ctan

ce a

nd m

utua

l in

duct

ance

; tra

nsfo

rmer

s; A

C c

ircui

ts a

nd

appl

icat

ions

.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

L

ectu

re: T

he fu

ndam

enta

ls in

opt

ics

and

elec

trom

agne

tism

will

be

expl

aine

d. E

xam

ples

w

ill b

e us

ed to

illu

stra

te th

e co

ncep

ts a

nd id

eas i

n th

e le

ctur

e. S

tude

nts a

re fr

ee to

requ

est

  

help

. H

omew

ork

prob

lem

sets

will

be

give

n.

Stud

ent-

cent

ered

Tut

oria

l: St

uden

ts w

ill w

ork

on a

set

of

prob

lem

s in

tut

oria

ls.

Stud

ents

are

enc

oura

ged

to so

lve

prob

lem

s and

to u

se th

eir o

wn

know

ledg

e to

ver

ify th

eir

solu

tions

bef

ore

seek

ing

assi

stan

ce.

Thes

e pr

oble

m s

ets

prov

ide

them

opp

ortu

nitie

s to

ap

ply

thei

r kno

wle

dge

gain

ed fr

om th

e le

ctur

e. T

hey

also

hel

p th

e st

uden

ts to

con

solid

ate

wha

t the

y ha

ve le

arne

d. F

urth

erm

ore,

stud

ents

can

dev

elop

a d

eepe

r und

erst

andi

ng o

f the

su

bjec

t in

rela

tion

to d

aily

life

phe

nom

ena

or e

xper

ienc

e.

e-le

arni

ng:

In o

rder

to

enha

nce

the

effe

ctiv

enes

s of

tea

chin

g an

d le

arni

ng p

roce

sses

, el

ectro

nic

mea

ns a

nd m

ultim

edia

tec

hnol

ogie

s w

ould

be

adop

ted

for

pres

enta

tions

of

lect

ures

; com

mun

icat

ion

betw

een

stud

ents

and

lect

urer

; del

iver

y of

han

dout

s, ho

mew

ork

and

notic

es e

tc.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

(Ple

ase

tick

as a

ppro

pria

te)

a b

c d

e f

g

(1)

Con

tinuo

us a

sses

smen

t 40

(2)

Exam

inat

ion

60

Tota

l 10

0

Con

tinuo

us a

sses

smen

t:

The

cont

inuo

us a

sses

smen

t in

clud

es a

ssig

nmen

ts,

quiz

zes

and

test

(s)

whi

ch a

im a

t ch

ecki

ng th

e pr

ogre

ss o

f stu

dent

s stu

dy th

roug

hout

the

cour

se, a

ssis

ting

them

in fu

lfilli

ng

the

lear

ning

out

com

es.

Ass

ignm

ents

in g

ener

al in

clud

e en

d-of

-cha

pter

pro

blem

s, w

hich

are

use

d to

rein

forc

e an

d as

sess

the

conc

epts

and

ski

lls a

cqui

red

by th

e st

uden

ts; a

nd to

let t

hem

kno

w th

e le

vel o

f un

ders

tand

ing

that

they

are

exp

ecte

d to

reac

h.

At l

east

one

test

wou

ld b

e ad

min

iste

red

durin

g th

e co

urse

of

the

subj

ect a

s a

mea

ns o

f tim

ely

chec

king

of l

earn

ing

prog

ress

by

refe

rrin

g to

the

inte

nded

out

com

es, a

nd a

s m

eans

of

che

ckin

g ho

w e

ffec

tive

the

stud

ents

dig

est a

nd c

onso

lidat

e th

e m

ater

ials

taug

ht in

the

clas

s.

Exa

min

atio

n: T

his

is a

maj

or a

sses

smen

t co

mpo

nent

of

the

subj

ect.

It

wou

ld b

e a

AI - 15

Page 59: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

  

clos

ed-b

ook

exam

inat

ion.

Com

plic

ated

form

ulas

wou

ld b

e gi

ven

to a

void

rote

mem

ory,

su

ch th

at th

e em

phas

is o

f ass

essm

ent w

ould

be

put o

n te

stin

g th

e un

ders

tand

ing,

ana

lysi

s an

d pr

oble

m so

lvin

g ab

ility

of t

he st

uden

ts.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e 36

h

Tu

toria

l 6

h

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf-st

udy

78 h

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

12

0 h

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s J.W

. Je

wet

t an

d R

.A.

Serw

ay,

“Phy

sics

for

Sci

entis

ts a

nd E

ngin

eers

”, V

olum

e 2,

8th

Ed

ition

, 201

0, C

enga

ge L

earn

ing.

W. B

auer

and

G.D

. Wes

tfall,

“U

nive

rsity

Phy

sics

with

Mod

ern

Phys

ics”

, 201

1, M

cGra

w-

Hill

.

  

AI - 16

Page 60: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

7.20

11

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

CB

S110

1P

Subj

ect T

itle

Fund

amen

tals

of C

hine

se C

omm

unic

atio

n(大

學中

文傳

意)

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Rem

arks

: Fo

r st

uden

ts e

nter

ing

with

HK

DSE

Chi

nese

sub

ject

res

ult

at L

evel

3 o

r eq

uiva

lent

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

fos

ter

stud

ents

’ co

mm

unic

ativ

e co

mpe

tenc

e in

usi

ng b

oth

writ

ten

and

spok

en C

hine

se to

com

mun

icat

e fo

r ef

fect

iven

ess,

appr

opria

tene

ss,

flexi

bilit

y an

d po

liten

ess i

n re

al si

tuat

ed so

cial

setti

ngs.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(a)

dev

elop

eff

ectiv

e co

mm

unic

atio

n sk

ills

in w

ritte

n C

hine

se r

equi

red

for

basi

c us

age

in th

e w

ork-

plac

e;

(b)

mas

ter p

rope

rly a

nd fl

exib

ly, t

he w

ritte

n fo

rmat

, org

aniz

atio

n, la

ngua

ge a

nd

styl

e of

exp

ress

ion

of v

ario

us g

enre

s of

Chi

nese

pra

ctic

al w

ritin

g su

ch a

s of

ficia

l cor

resp

onde

nces

, pub

licity

mat

eria

ls, r

epor

ts a

nd p

ropo

sals

;

(c)

giv

e fo

rmal

pre

sent

atio

n in

Put

ongh

ua e

ffec

tivel

y an

d ap

prop

riate

ly;

(d)

eng

age

with

form

al d

iscu

ssio

n in

Put

ongh

ua e

ffec

tivel

y an

d po

litel

y.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1.

Writ

ten

Chi

nese

for p

ract

ical

pur

pose

s

Form

at, o

rgan

izat

ion,

lang

uage

of e

ach

genr

e;

C

oher

ence

in C

hine

se w

ritin

g

Styl

e of

exp

ress

ion

of d

iffer

ent g

enre

s suc

h as

off

icia

l co

rres

pond

ence

s, pu

blic

ity m

ater

ials

;

Con

text

dep

ende

nt st

ylis

tic v

aria

tion

A

ppro

pria

tene

ss in

com

mun

icat

ion

2.

Form

al P

rese

ntat

ion

in P

uton

ghua

Cho

ice

of w

ords

in P

uton

ghua

The

flow

of s

peak

ing

M

anne

r of s

peak

ing

and

gest

ure

3.

Form

al D

iscu

ssio

n in

Put

ongh

ua

Id

entif

icat

ion

of m

ain

idea

and

key

mes

sage

s

Eval

uatio

n of

rel

evan

cy o

f inf

orm

atio

n in

a m

essa

ge

Sk

ills o

f sum

mar

izin

g

Agr

eein

g/di

sagr

eein

g/an

swer

ing

to q

uest

ions

pol

itely

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

The

subj

ect w

ill b

e co

nduc

ted

in P

uton

ghua

, in

high

ly in

tera

ctiv

e se

min

ars.

The

subj

ect

will

mot

ivat

e th

e st

uden

ts’

activ

e pa

rtici

patio

n by

ass

igni

ng g

roup

pr

esen

tatio

n /d

iscu

ssio

n in

cla

ss. I

n a

foru

m-li

ke fo

rmat

, stu

dent

s are

gui

ded

to :

(1)

pres

ent

to t

he c

lass

, th

eir

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

eac

h ge

nre

desi

gned

for

the

sy

llabu

s fo

r di

scus

sion

s an

d im

prov

emen

t; (2

) m

odify

pas

sage

s in

a g

iven

ge

nre/

styl

e in

to o

ther

gen

res/

styl

es f

or a

ddre

ssin

g di

ffer

ent

audi

ence

s an

d pu

rpos

es;

(3)

give

a p

ower

-poi

nt p

rese

ntat

ion

in P

uton

ghua

in

fron

t of

the

w

hole

cla

ss,

then

rec

eive

on

spot

fee

dbac

k fo

r di

scus

sion

and

im

prov

emen

t;

7.20

11

then

(4) p

repa

re a

writ

ten

repo

rt/pr

opos

al o

n th

e sa

me

topi

c; a

nd (5

) eng

age

in

form

al d

iscu

ssio

n in

Put

ongh

ua o

n to

pics

rel

ated

to

curr

ent

issu

es a

nd/o

r bu

sine

ss o

pera

tion;

the

n (6

) pr

oduc

e a

writ

ten

docu

men

t on

the

sam

e to

pic

usin

g a

chos

en g

enre

.

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be

asse

ssed

(Ple

ase

tick

as

appr

opria

te)

a b

c d

1. W

ritte

n A

ssig

nmen

t 30

%

√ √

2. O

ral P

rese

ntat

ion

30%

3. F

inal

Exa

min

atio

n 40

%

√ √

√ √

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

Bot

h w

ritte

n as

sign

men

ts a

nd o

ral p

rese

ntat

ion

will

foc

us o

n th

e fu

nctio

ns o

f co

mm

unic

atio

n an

d th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of

lang

uage

use

d in

aut

hent

ic s

ocia

l se

tting

s. T

he e

xam

inat

ion

emph

asiz

es t

he c

orre

ctne

ss o

f ex

pres

sion

and

st

uden

ts’ g

ener

al c

ompe

tenc

e in

Chi

nese

Lan

guag

e.

Stud

ents

ob

tain

ing

a su

bjec

t pa

ss

mus

t pa

ss

both

co

mpo

nent

s, i.e

. th

e co

ntin

uous

ass

essm

ent

and

exam

inat

ion

com

pone

nt o

f th

e su

bjec

t. S

tude

nts

will

get

failu

re o

f the

subj

ect i

f he/

she

fails

in e

ither

one

of t

he tw

o co

mpo

nent

s.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ar

42 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

O

utsi

de C

lass

Pra

ctic

e 42

Hrs

.

Se

lf-st

udy

42 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

12

6 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s

1.

路德

慶主

編 (

1982

) 《

寫作

教程

》,

華東

師範

大學

出版

2.

邵守

義(

1991

)《

演講

全書

》,

吉林

人民

出版

3.

陳建

民(

1994

)《

說話

的藝

術》

,語

文出

版社

4.

李軍

華(

1996

)《

口才

學》

,華

中理

工大

學出

版社

5.

陳瑞

端著

(20

00)

《生

活錯

別字

》,

中華

書局

6.

邢福

義、

汪國

勝主

編(

2003

)《

現代

漢語

》,

華中

師範

大學

出版

7.

于成

鯤主

編(

2003

)《

現代

應用

文》

,復

旦大

學出

版社

8.

李白

堅、

丁迪

蒙(

2004

)《

大學

體型

寫作

訓練

規程

》,

上海

大學

出版

9.

鍾文

佳(

2004

)《

漢語

口才

學》

,西

南師

範大

學出

版社

10.

于成

鯤、

陳瑞

端、

秦扶

一、

金振

邦主

編(

2011

)《

當代

應用

文寫

作規

範叢

書》

,復

旦大

學出

版社

AI - 17

Page 61: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

7.20

11

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

CB

S110

2P

Subj

ect T

itle

Adv

ance

d C

omm

unic

atio

n Sk

ills i

n C

hine

se(

高階

中文

傳意

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Rem

arks

: For

stu

dent

s en

terin

g w

ith H

KD

SE C

hine

se s

ubje

ct re

sult

at L

evel

4

and

5 or

equ

ival

ent

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

dev

elop

eff

ectiv

e co

mm

unic

atio

n sk

ills

of s

tude

nts

in b

oth

spok

en

and

writ

ten

Chi

nese

w

hich

ar

e re

quire

d fo

r th

e bu

sine

ss

and

prof

essi

onal

setti

ng.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(a)

deve

lop

effe

ctiv

e co

mm

unic

atio

n sk

ills

in b

oth

spok

en a

nd w

ritte

n C

hine

se

requ

ired

for i

n th

e bu

sine

ss a

nd p

rofe

ssio

nal s

ettin

g;

(b)

mas

ter

the

form

at,

orga

niza

tion,

lan

guag

e an

d st

yle

of e

xpre

ssio

n of

the

fo

llow

ing

genr

es

of

Chi

nese

pr

actic

al

writ

ing:

ar

gum

enta

tive

and

pers

uasi

ve w

ritin

g, p

ublic

spee

ch;

(c)

give

pub

lic sp

eech

; (d

) pr

oduc

e cr

eativ

e w

ritin

g.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1.

Writ

ten

Chi

nese

for P

ract

ical

Pur

pose

s

Use

s of w

ords

and

sent

ence

s, ch

oice

of d

ictio

n;

C

oher

ence

and

thre

ad o

f thi

nkin

g in

Chi

nese

writ

ing

Con

text

dep

ende

nt st

ylis

tic v

aria

tion

Form

at,

orga

niza

tion,

lan

guag

e an

d st

yle

of e

xpre

ssio

n of

spe

eche

s, ar

gum

enta

tive

& p

ersu

asiv

e w

ritin

g;

2.

Pu

blic

Spe

ech

Con

text

ual e

lem

ents

: the

aud

ienc

es, t

he p

urpo

se a

nd th

e to

pic

Id

entif

icat

ion

of k

ey p

oint

s and

col

lect

ion

of su

ppor

ting

info

rmat

ion

A

rticu

latio

n an

d flo

w o

f spe

akin

g

Cho

ice

of w

ords

, man

ner a

nd g

estu

re

U

sing

of v

isua

l aid

s

Han

dlin

g of

que

stio

n an

d an

swer

sess

ion

3.

Cre

ativ

e W

ritin

g

Und

erst

andi

ng o

f the

feat

ures

of c

reat

ive

writ

ing

B

eing

abl

e to

app

reci

ate

the

arts

of w

ritin

g

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

The

subj

ect w

ill b

e co

nduc

ted

in h

ighl

y in

tera

ctiv

e se

min

ars.

The

subj

ect w

ill

mot

ivat

e th

e st

uden

ts’

activ

e pa

rtici

patio

n by

ass

igni

ng g

roup

pre

sent

atio

n /d

iscu

ssio

n in

cla

ss. I

n a

foru

m-li

ke fo

rmat

, stu

dent

s ar

e gu

ided

to :

(1) p

rese

nt

to t

he c

lass

, th

eir

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

eac

h ge

nre

desi

gned

for

the

syl

labu

s fo

r di

scus

sion

s an

d im

prov

emen

t; (2

) m

odify

pas

sage

s in

a g

iven

gen

re/s

tyle

into

7.

2011

othe

r gen

res/

styl

es fo

r add

ress

ing

diff

eren

t aud

ienc

es a

nd p

urpo

ses;

(3) p

repa

re

a sc

ript f

or p

ublic

spea

king

; (4)

giv

e a

publ

ic sp

eech

in fr

ont o

f the

who

le c

lass

, th

en re

ceiv

e on

spo

t fee

dbac

k fo

r dis

cuss

ion

and

impr

ovem

ent;

and

(5) e

ngag

e in

fo

rmal

di

scus

sion

on

topi

cs r

elat

ed t

o cu

rren

t is

sues

and

/or

busi

ness

op

erat

ion

that

req

uire

per

suas

ive

and

argu

men

tativ

e sk

ills;

then

(6)

pro

duce

an

argu

men

tativ

e ar

ticle

on

the

sam

e to

pic.

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be a

sses

sed

(Ple

ase

tick

as

appr

opria

te)

a b

c d

1. P

rose

Writ

ing

20%

2. W

ritte

n D

raft

for

Form

al S

peec

h 10

%

√ √

3. F

orm

al S

peec

h 10

%

√ √

4. F

eatu

re A

rticl

e 20

%

√ √

5. C

lass

Par

ticip

atio

n 10

%

√ √

√ √

6. F

inal

Exa

min

atio

n 30

%

√ √

√ √

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

Bot

h w

ritte

n as

sign

men

ts a

nd o

ral p

rese

ntat

ion

will

foc

us o

n th

e fu

nctio

ns o

f co

mm

unic

atio

n an

d th

e ad

equa

cy o

f lan

guag

e us

ed in

aut

hent

ic s

ocia

l set

tings

. Th

e ex

amin

atio

n em

phas

izes

the

cor

rect

ness

of

exp

ress

ion

and

stud

ents

’ ge

nera

l com

pete

nce

in C

hine

se L

angu

age.

Stud

ents

ob

tain

ing

a su

bjec

t pa

ss

mus

t pa

ss

both

co

mpo

nent

s, i.e

. th

e co

ntin

uous

ass

essm

ent a

nd e

xam

inat

ion

com

pone

nt o

f the

subj

ect.

Stud

ents

will

ge

t fai

lure

of t

he su

bjec

t if h

e/sh

e fa

ils in

eith

er o

ne o

f the

two

com

pone

nts.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ar

42 H

rs.

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

O

utsi

de C

lass

Pra

ctic

e 42

Hrs

.

Se

lf-st

udy

42 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

12

6 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

1.

德慶

主編

(198

2) 《

寫作

教程

》,

華東

師範

大學

出版

AI - 18

Page 62: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

7.20

11

Ref

eren

ces

2.

邵守

義(

1991

)《

演講

全書

》,

吉林

人民

出版

3.

陳建

民(

1994

)《

說話

的藝

術》

,語

文出

版社

4.

李軍

華(

1996

)《

口才

學》

,華

中理

工大

學出

版社

5.

陳瑞

端著

(20

00)

《生

活錯

別字

》,

中華

書局

6.

于成

鯤主

編(

2003

)《

現代

應用

文》

,復

旦大

學出

版社

7.

邢福

義、

汪國

勝主

編(

2003

)《

現代

漢語

》,

華中

師範

大學

出版

8.

李白

堅、

丁迪

蒙(

2004

)《

大學

體型

寫作

訓練

規程

》,

上海

大學

出版

9.

鍾文

佳(

2004

)《

漢語

口才

學》

,西

南師

範大

學出

版社

10.

于成

鯤、

陳瑞

端、

秦扶

一、

金振

邦主

編(

2011

)《

當代

應用

寫作

規範

叢書

》,

復旦

大學

出版

AI - 19

Page 63: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

EE20

02C

Subj

ect T

itle

Circ

uit A

naly

sis

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

N

il

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

N

il

Obj

ectiv

es

1.

Intro

duce

fund

amen

tal c

ircui

t the

ory.

2.

D

evel

op a

bilit

y fo

r sol

ving

pro

blem

s inv

olvi

ng e

lect

ric c

ircui

ts.

3.

Dev

elop

skill

s for

exp

erim

enta

tion

on e

lect

ric c

ircui

ts.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

Cat

egor

y A

: Pro

fess

iona

l/aca

dem

ic k

now

ledg

e an

d sk

ills

1.

Acq

uire

a g

ood

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

fund

amen

tal c

ircui

t the

ory.

2.

So

lve

sim

ple

prob

lem

s in

elec

tric

circ

uits

. 3.

U

se s

uita

ble

inst

rum

enta

tion

to c

arry

out

exp

erim

enta

l inv

estig

atio

ns to

val

idat

e th

e th

eore

tical

inve

stig

atio

ns.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Sylla

bus:

1.

D

C C

ircui

ts

In

trodu

ctio

n to

ele

ctric

circ

uits

. V

olta

ge a

nd c

urre

nt a

s tw

o ba

sic

varia

bles

. K

irchh

off’

s cu

rren

t and

vol

tage

law

s. In

depe

nden

t and

dep

ende

nt s

ourc

es. S

impl

e ci

rcui

t sty

les:

vol

tage

div

ider

, cur

rent

div

ider

, ser

ies

and

para

llel c

ircui

ts. N

odal

an

d m

esh

anal

yses

. Th

éven

in a

nd N

orto

n th

eore

ms.

Pow

er d

issi

patio

n. S

ourc

e lo

adin

g an

d m

axim

um p

ower

tran

sfer

. 2.

Ca

paci

tanc

e, In

duct

ance

and

Firs

t Ord

er T

rans

ient

s

Cons

titut

ive

rela

tions

of c

apac

itor a

nd in

duct

or. I

ntro

duct

ion

to ti

me-

vary

ing

circ

uits.

Si

mpl

e RC

and

LC

circ

uits.

Impo

rtant

con

cept

of i

ndep

ende

nt s

tate

var

iabl

es. F

irst-

orde

r di

ffere

ntia

l eq

uatio

n (w

ith s

impl

e so

lutio

n of

exp

onen

tial

form

). Fi

rst

orde

r tra

nsie

nt a

naly

sis.

Tim

e-do

mai

n so

lutio

n an

d tra

nsie

nt b

ehav

iour

of

first

orde

r ci

rcui

ts.

3.

Mut

ual I

nduc

tanc

e an

d Tr

ansf

orm

er

Basic

co

uple

d in

duct

ance

eq

uatio

n.

Conc

ept

of

idea

l tra

nsfo

rmer

(a

ssum

ing

sinus

oida

l vo

ltage

s an

d cu

rrent

s).

Dot

con

vent

ion.

Phy

sical

tra

nsfo

rmer

as

idea

l tra

nsfo

rmer

with

lea

kage

and

mag

netiz

ing

indu

ctan

ces.

App

licat

ions

in

galv

anic

iso

latio

n an

d vo

ltage

/cur

rent

leve

l con

vers

ion.

4.

Stea

dy-s

tate

Ana

lysis

of A

C Ci

rcui

ts A

vera

ge a

nd rm

s va

lues

. Pha

sors

(rot

atin

g ve

ctor

s). S

tead

y-sta

te a

naly

sis o

f circ

uits

driv

en b

y sin

gle

fixed

fre

quen

cy s

inus

oida

l so

urce

s. Im

peda

nce

and

adm

ittan

ce.

Ana

lysis

app

roac

h 1:

pha

sor

diag

ram

s fo

r sim

ple

circ

uits.

Ana

lysis

app

roac

h 2:

sy

stem

atic

com

plex

num

ber

anal

ysis,

i.e

. sam

e tre

atm

ent

as D

C ci

rcui

ts bu

t w

ith

com

plex

num

bers

rep

rese

ntin

g ph

ase

and

mag

nitu

de o

f A

C vo

ltage

s an

d cu

rrent

s. Re

al a

nd re

activ

e po

wer

s. Po

wer

fact

or. T

hree

-pha

se c

ircui

ts.

5.

El

ectri

cal M

easu

rem

ent

Mea

sure

men

t un

certa

intie

s. R

esis

tanc

e m

easu

rem

ent:

Four

-pro

be m

easu

rem

ent

and

Whe

atst

one

Brid

ge.

Cap

acita

nce

and

indu

ctan

ce m

easu

rem

ent

usin

g A

C

Brid

ges.

Pow

er M

easu

rem

ent.

Mea

surin

g th

ree-

phas

e po

wer

by

two-

wat

tmet

er

met

hod.

Lab

orat

ory

Exp

erim

ents

: 1.

In

trodu

ctio

n to

labo

rato

ry in

stru

men

tatio

n / T

héve

nin

and

Nor

ton

theo

rem

s 2.

Fi

rst o

rder

tran

sien

t 3.

Tr

ansf

orm

er te

sts a

nd c

hara

cter

istic

s.

Tea

chin

g/ L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Lect

ures

, sup

plem

ente

d w

ith in

tera

ctiv

e qu

estio

ns

and

answ

ers,

and

shor

t qu

izze

s

1, 2

In

lect

ures

, stu

dent

s are

in

trodu

ced

to th

e kn

owle

dge

of th

e su

bjec

t, an

d co

mpr

ehen

sion

is

stre

ngth

ened

with

in

tera

ctiv

e Q

&A

and

sh

ort q

uizz

es.

Tuto

rials

, whe

re

prob

lem

s are

dis

cuss

ed

and

are

give

n to

stud

ents

fo

r the

m to

solv

e

1, 2

In

tu

toria

ls,

stud

ents

ap

ply

wha

t th

ey

have

le

arnt

in

so

lvin

g th

e pr

oble

ms

give

n by

th

e tu

tor.

Labo

rato

ry se

ssio

ns,

whe

re st

uden

ts w

ill

perf

orm

exp

erim

enta

l ve

rific

atio

ns. T

hey

will

ha

ve to

reco

rd re

sults

and

w

rite

a re

port

on o

ne o

f th

e ex

perim

ents

.

2, 3

St

uden

ts a

cqui

re h

ands

-on

exp

erie

nce

in u

sing

el

ectro

nic

equi

pmen

t and

ap

ply

wha

t the

y ha

ve

lear

nt in

lect

ures

/tuto

rials

to

exp

erim

enta

lly v

alid

ate

the

theo

retic

al

inve

stig

atio

ns.

Ass

ignm

ent a

nd

Hom

ewor

k 1,

2

Thro

ugh

wor

king

as

sign

men

t and

ho

mew

ork,

stud

ents

will

de

velo

p a

firm

un

ders

tand

ing

and

com

preh

ensi

on o

f the

kn

owle

dge

taug

ht.

Alig

nmen

t of

Ass

essm

ent a

nd

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds/

Tas

k %

W

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

Sub

ject

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

to b

e A

sses

sed

(Ple

ase

tick

as a

ppro

pria

te)

1 2

3 4

1.

Con

tinuo

us

Ass

essm

ent

(Tot

al 4

0%)

A

ssig

nmen

ts

10%

La

bora

tory

wor

ks a

nd

repo

rts

10%

M

id-s

emes

ter t

est

20%

2.

Exam

inat

ion

60%

Tota

l 10

0%

AI - 20

Page 64: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

Exp

lana

tion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

Spec

ific

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

/Tas

ks

Rem

ark

Ass

ignm

ent/H

omew

ork

Ass

ignm

ents

/Hom

ewor

k ar

e gi

ven

to st

uden

ts to

ass

ess

thei

r co

mpe

tenc

e le

vel

of

know

ledg

e an

d co

mpr

ehen

sion

. Th

e cr

iteria

(i.

e.

wha

t to

be

de

mon

stra

ted)

and

leve

l (i.e

. the

ext

ent)

of a

chie

vem

ent

will

be

grad

ed a

ccor

ding

to

six

leve

ls:

(A+

and

A),

Goo

d (B

+ an

d B

), Sa

tisfa

ctor

y (C

+ an

d C

), M

argi

nal

(D)

and

Failu

re (

F). T

hese

will

be

mad

e kn

own

to th

e st

uden

ts

befo

re a

n as

sign

men

t/hom

ewor

k is

gi

ven.

Fe

edba

ck

abou

t th

eir

perfo

rman

ce

will

be

gi

ven

prom

ptly

to

stud

ents

to

help

the

m i

mpr

ovem

ent

thei

r le

arni

ng.

Labo

rato

ry w

orks

and

re

ports

St

uden

ts w

ill b

e re

quire

d to

per

form

thre

e ex

perim

ents

an

d su

bmit

a re

port

on

one

of

the

expe

rimen

ts.

Expe

ctat

ion

and

grad

ing

crite

ria w

ill b

e gi

ven

as in

the

case

of a

ssig

nmen

t/hom

ewor

k.

Mid

-sem

este

r tes

t Th

ere

will

be

a m

id-s

emes

ter t

est t

o ev

alua

te s

tude

nts’

ac

hiev

emen

t of

all

the

lear

ning

out

com

es a

nd g

ive

feed

back

to

th

em

for

prom

pt

impr

ovem

ent.

Expe

ctat

ion

and

grad

ing

crite

ria w

ill b

e gi

ven

as in

the

case

of a

ssig

nmen

t/hom

ewor

k.

End-

of-s

emes

ter t

est a

nd

Exam

inat

ion

Ther

e w

ill b

e an

end

-of-

sem

este

r tes

t and

exa

min

atio

n to

ass

ess

stud

ents

’ ac

hiev

emen

t of

all

the

lear

ning

ou

tcom

es.

Thes

e ar

e m

ainl

y su

mm

ativ

e in

nat

ure.

Ex

pect

atio

n an

d gr

adin

g cr

iteria

will

be

give

n as

in th

e ca

se o

f ass

ignm

ent/h

omew

ork.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d C

lass

con

tact

(tim

e-ta

bled

):

Le

ctur

e 28

Hou

rs

Tu

toria

l 14

Hou

rs

La

bora

tory

9

Hou

rs

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

R

evis

ion

and

Ass

ignm

ents

28

Hou

rs

Tu

toria

l 14

Hou

rs

R

epor

t Writ

ing

12 H

ours

Tot

al st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

105

Hou

rs

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s T

extb

ook:

1.

G

. R

izzo

ni,

Fund

amen

tals

of

Elec

trica

l En

gine

erin

g, F

irst

Editi

on,

New

Yor

k:

McG

raw

-Hill

, 200

9.

Ref

eren

ces:

1.

W

.H. H

ayt,

J.E. K

emm

erly

and

S.M

. Dur

bin,

Eng

inee

ring

Circ

uit A

naly

sis,

7th

ed.,

New

Yor

k: M

cGra

w-H

ill, 2

006.

2.

R

.A. D

eCar

lo a

nd P

.M. L

in, L

inea

r C

ircu

it An

alys

is, 2

nd e

d., O

xfor

d U

nive

rsity

Pr

ess,

2001

. 3.

A

.H. R

obbi

ns a

nd W

.C. M

iller

, Cir

cuit

Anal

ysis

: The

ory

and

Prac

tice,

Tho

mso

n Le

arni

ng, 4

th e

d., 2

007.

AI - 21

Page 65: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

  

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

EE20

03C

Subj

ect T

itle

Elec

troni

cs

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

C

ircui

t Ana

lysi

s (EE

2002

C)

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

N

il

Obj

ectiv

es

To i

ntro

duce

the

ope

ratin

g pr

inci

ples

of

elec

troni

c de

vice

s an

d ci

rcui

ts.

Seve

ral f

unda

men

tal c

lass

es o

f ele

ctro

nic

devi

ces

and

circ

uits

will

be

cove

red,

in

clud

ing

diod

es a

nd d

iode

circ

uits

, bi

pola

r ju

nctio

n tra

nsis

tor

(BJT

) an

d am

plifi

ers,

met

al-o

xide

-sem

icon

duct

or f

ield

-eff

ect

trans

isto

r (M

OSF

ET)

and

ampl

ifier

s, an

d op

erat

iona

l am

plifi

ers.

An

intro

duct

ion

to f

requ

ency

dom

ain

anal

ysis

will

als

o be

giv

en.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

Cat

egor

y A

: Pro

fess

iona

l/aca

dem

ic k

now

ledg

e an

d sk

ills

1.

Acq

uire

som

e un

ders

tand

ing

in s

ever

al f

unda

men

tal c

lass

es o

f el

ectro

nic

devi

ces.

2.

Solv

e ba

sic

prob

lem

s in

elec

troni

c de

vice

s and

circ

uits

. 3.

A

cqui

re b

ette

r ski

lls in

per

form

ing

labo

rato

ry e

xper

imen

ts.

Cat

egor

y B

: Attr

ibut

es fo

r all-

roun

dedn

ess

4.

Perf

orm

in

depe

nden

t le

arni

ng

in

the

basi

c op

erat

ing

prin

cipl

es

of

elec

troni

c de

vice

s and

circ

uits

. 5.

W

ork

as a

team

in la

bora

tory

sess

ions

.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Sylla

bus:

1.

Dio

des a

nd D

iode

Circ

uits

Sem

icon

duct

or b

asic

s. P-

N j

unct

ion

basi

cs.

Inpu

t, ou

tput

and

tra

nsfe

r ch

arac

teris

tics

of p

ract

ical

dio

des.

Bia

sing

thr

ough

loa

d lin

e co

ncep

t. Pr

actic

al d

iode

circ

uits

: rec

tifie

r circ

uits

, clip

ping

and

cla

mpi

ng c

ircui

ts.

2.

Tran

sist

ors a

nd B

iasi

ng C

ircui

ts

B

ipol

ar ju

nctio

n tra

nsis

tor (

BJT

). D

C b

iasi

ng a

nd a

naly

sis

of B

JT c

ircui

ts.

Met

al-o

xide

-sem

icon

duct

or fi

eld-

effe

ct tr

ansi

stor

(MO

SFET

). D

C b

iasi

ng

and

anal

ysis

of

MO

SFET

circ

uits

. Lo

ad l

ine

and

grap

hica

l la

rge-

sign

al

anal

ysis

. Tra

nsis

tor a

mpl

ifica

tion

conc

ept.

3.

Tran

sist

or A

mpl

ifier

s and

Sm

all-s

igna

l Con

cept

s B

asic

BJT

and

MO

SFET

am

plifi

er c

onfig

urat

ions

: co

mm

on e

mitt

er a

nd

com

mon

sou

rce

conf

igur

atio

ns.

Smal

l-sig

nal

mod

els

and

para

met

ers.

Con

cept

of t

rans

cond

ucta

nce.

Vol

tage

gai

n. In

put a

nd o

utpu

t im

peda

nces

.  

 

Intro

duct

ion

to lo

adin

g ef

fect

.

4.

Ope

ratio

nal A

mpl

ifier

s Id

eal o

pera

tiona

l am

plifi

er. D

efin

ing

char

acte

ristic

s (i.

e., i

nfin

ite g

ain

and

infin

ite in

put r

esis

tanc

e). B

asic

op-

amp

circ

uits

: inv

ertin

g am

plifi

er, n

on-

inve

rting

am

plifi

er,

sum

min

g am

plifi

er,

diff

eren

ce a

mpl

ifier

, in

tegr

atin

g am

plifi

er

and

diff

eren

tiatin

g am

plifi

er.

Spec

ific

op-a

mp

circ

uits

: in

stru

men

tatio

n am

plifi

er;

curr

ent-t

o-vo

ltage

con

verte

r an

d vo

ltage

-to-

curr

ent c

onve

rter.

Des

ign

appl

icat

ions

.

5.

Intro

duct

ion

to F

requ

ency

Dom

ain

Ana

lysi

s Tr

ansf

er f

unct

ions

fro

m a

c ci

rcui

ts i

n te

rms

of jω

. In

trodu

ctio

n to

fr

eque

ncy

dom

ain,

fro

m jω

to

s. G

ener

al s

-dom

ain

trans

fer

func

tions

. Si

mpl

e fir

st-o

rder

filt

er c

ircui

ts. C

once

pts

of p

ole,

cor

ner

freq

uenc

y an

d ba

ndw

idth

. Use

of

jω a

xis

for

mag

nitu

de a

nd p

hase

plo

ts f

or s

inus

oida

l dr

ivin

g so

urce

s. Ex

tens

ion

to a

sym

ptot

ic p

lots

and

Bod

e pl

ots.

Lab

orat

ory

Exp

erim

ents

:

1.

DC

tran

sist

or b

iasi

ng/lo

ad li

ne a

nd d

iode

cla

mpi

ng c

ircui

ts.

2.

Des

ign

of a

smal

l-sig

nal c

omm

on-e

mitt

er a

mpl

ifier

.

3.

Use

of o

pera

tiona

l am

plifi

ers.

Tea

chin

g/ L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Lect

ures

, sup

plem

ente

d w

ith in

tera

ctiv

e qu

estio

ns a

nd a

nsw

ers

1, 2

, 4

In le

ctur

es, s

tude

nts a

re

intro

duce

d to

the

know

ledg

e of

the

subj

ect,

and

com

preh

ensi

on is

st

reng

then

ed w

ith

inte

ract

ive

Q&

A.

Tuto

rials

, whe

re

prob

lem

s are

dis

cuss

ed

and

are

give

n to

st

uden

ts fo

r the

m to

so

lve

1, 2

, 4

In

tuto

rials

, st

uden

ts

appl

y w

hat

they

hav

e le

arnt

in

so

lvin

g th

e pr

oble

ms

give

n by

the

tu

tor.

Labo

rato

ry se

ssio

ns,

whe

re st

uden

ts w

ill

perfo

rm e

xper

imen

tal

verif

icat

ions

. The

y w

ill

have

to re

cord

resu

lts

and

writ

e a

repo

rt on

on

e of

the

expe

rimen

ts.

2, 3

, 5

Stud

ents

acq

uire

ha

nds-

on e

xper

ienc

e in

us

ing

elec

troni

c eq

uipm

ent a

nd a

pply

w

hat t

hey

have

lear

nt

in le

ctur

es/tu

toria

ls to

ex

perim

enta

lly v

alid

ate

the

theo

retic

al

inve

stig

atio

ns.

Ass

ignm

ents

1,

2, 3

, 4

Thro

ugh

wor

king

as

sign

men

ts, s

tude

nts

will

dev

elop

a fi

rm

unde

rsta

ndin

g an

d co

mpr

ehen

sion

of t

he

know

ledg

e ta

ught

.

AI - 22

Page 66: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

  A

lignm

ent o

f A

sses

smen

t and

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

/Tas

ks

%

Wei

ghtin

g In

tend

ed S

ubje

ct L

earn

ing

Out

com

es to

be

Ass

esse

d (P

leas

e tic

k as

app

ropr

iate

)

1 2

3 4

5

1.

Con

tinuo

us A

sses

smen

t 40

%

2.

Exam

inat

ion

60%

Tota

l 10

0%

E

xpla

natio

n of

the

appr

opri

aten

ess o

f the

ass

essm

ent m

etho

ds in

ass

essi

ng

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

Spec

ific

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

/Tas

ks

Rem

ark

Ass

ignm

ents

A

ssig

nmen

ts a

re g

iven

to s

tude

nts

to a

sses

s th

eir

com

pete

nce

leve

l of

kn

owle

dge

and

com

preh

ensi

on.

The

crite

ria

(i.e.

w

hat

to

be

dem

onst

rate

d)

and

leve

l (i.

e.

the

exte

nt)

of

achi

evem

ent

will

be

gr

aded

ac

cord

ing

to

six

leve

ls:

(A+

and

A),

Goo

d (B

+ an

d B

), Sa

tisfa

ctor

y (C

+ an

d C

), M

argi

nal (

D) a

nd F

ailu

re

(F).

Thes

e w

ill b

e m

ade

know

n to

the

stu

dent

s be

fore

an

assi

gnm

ent

is g

iven

. Fe

edba

ck a

bout

th

eir

perfo

rman

ce

will

be

gi

ven

prom

ptly

to

st

uden

ts to

hel

p th

em im

prov

emen

t the

ir le

arni

ng.

Labo

rato

ry w

orks

and

re

ports

St

uden

ts

will

be

re

quire

d to

pe

rfor

m

thre

e ex

perim

ents

and

sub

mit

a re

port

on o

ne o

f th

e ex

perim

ents

. Exp

ecta

tion

and

grad

ing

crite

ria w

ill

be g

iven

as i

n th

e ca

se o

f ass

ignm

ents

.

Mid

-sem

este

r tes

t Th

ere

will

be

a m

id-s

emes

ter

test

to

eval

uate

st

uden

ts’

achi

evem

ent

of

all

the

lear

ning

ou

tcom

es a

nd g

ive

feed

back

to

them

for

pro

mpt

im

prov

emen

t. Ex

pect

atio

n an

d gr

adin

g cr

iteria

w

ill b

e gi

ven

as in

the

case

of a

ssig

nmen

ts.

End-

of-s

emes

ter t

est

and

Exam

inat

ion

Ther

e w

ill

be

an

end-

of-s

emes

ter

test

an

d ex

amin

atio

n to

ass

ess s

tude

nts’

ach

ieve

men

t of a

ll th

e le

arni

ng

outc

omes

. Th

ese

are

mai

nly

sum

mat

ive

in n

atur

e. E

xpec

tatio

n an

d gr

adin

g cr

iteria

w

ill

be

give

n as

in

th

e ca

se

of

assi

gnm

ents

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d C

lass

con

tact

(tim

e-ta

bled

):

Le

ctur

e 28

Hou

rs

Tu

toria

l 14

Hou

rs

La

bora

tory

12

Hou

rs

  

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

R

evis

ion

28 H

ours

Tu

toria

l & A

ssig

nmen

ts

15 H

ours

La

bora

tory

logb

ook

& re

port

writ

ings

8

Hou

rs

Tot

al st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

105

Hou

rs

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s T

extb

ook:

2.

Don

ald

A.

Nea

men

, M

icro

elec

tron

ics:

Cir

cuit

Anal

ysis

and

Des

ign,

3rd

ed

., B

osto

n: M

cGra

w-H

ill, 2

006.

R

efer

ence

s:

4.

G. R

izzo

ni, P

rinc

iple

s an

d Ap

plic

atio

ns o

f El

ectr

ical

Eng

inee

ring

, Fift

h Ed

ition

, New

Yor

k: M

cGra

w-H

ill, 2

006.

5.

W

.H.

Hay

t, J.E

. K

emm

erly

an

d S.

M.

Dur

bin,

En

gine

erin

g C

ircu

it An

alys

is, 7

th e

d., N

ew Y

ork:

McG

raw

-Hill

, 200

6.

6.

A.H

. R

obbi

ns a

nd W

.C.

Mill

er,

Cir

cuit

Anal

ysis

: Th

eory

and

Pra

ctic

e,

Thom

son

Lear

ning

, 4th

ed.

, 200

6.

AI - 23

Page 67: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

EE20

04C

Subj

ect T

itle

Elec

trica

l Ene

rgy

Syst

ems F

unda

men

tals

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

1.

To p

rovi

de a

n ov

ervi

ew o

f the

supp

ly, u

tilis

atio

n an

d co

ntro

l of e

lect

rical

ene

rgy.

2.

To

intro

duce

ene

rgy

and

envi

ronm

enta

l iss

ues,

and

assi

st s

tude

nts

in p

laci

ng th

ese

topi

cs

and

tech

nolo

gies

in p

ersp

ectiv

e.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

a.

To m

aste

r the

fund

amen

tal k

now

ledg

e on

ele

ctric

al e

nerg

y sy

stem

s. b.

To

iden

tify,

ana

lyze

, and

sol

ve te

chni

cal p

robl

ems

usin

g of

mat

hem

atic

s an

d en

gine

erin

g te

chni

ques

. c.

To

be

awar

e of

equ

ipm

ent c

hara

cter

istic

s an

d en

viro

nmen

t iss

ues

on th

e m

oder

n el

ectri

cal

pow

er sy

stem

. d.

To

hav

e th

e ab

ility

to w

ork

inde

pend

ently

, and

in te

ams w

hen

cond

uctin

g la

bora

tory

wor

k.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1.

Nat

ure

of e

lect

rica

l en

ergy

sys

tem

: Po

wer

sys

tem

lay

out,

trans

mis

sion

and

dis

tribu

tion

stru

ctur

e, r

ole

of t

rans

form

ers.

The

inte

rcon

nect

ed p

ower

sys

tem

. H

VD

C t

rans

mis

sion

. La

yout

of

a su

bsta

tion,

dis

tribu

tion

stru

ctur

e, o

verh

ead

lines

and

cab

les,

circ

uit b

reak

ing,

ov

ervo

ltage

pro

tect

ion,

pro

tect

ion

conc

epts

. 2.

G

ener

atio

n, e

nerg

y &

env

ironm

ent:

Prin

cipl

es o

f en

ergy

con

vers

ion,

pow

er p

lant

and

bu

sbar

lay

out,

type

s of

gen

erat

ors

and

turb

ines

. C

once

pt o

f ge

nera

tion

cont

rol

and

oper

atin

g ch

art.

Pum

ped

stor

age

and

win

d tu

rbin

e. R

enew

able

and

non

-ren

ewab

le so

urce

s. So

urce

s of p

ollu

tion

and

envi

ronm

enta

l im

pact

s. S

usta

inab

le d

evel

opm

ent.

3.

Tran

sfor

mer

s: C

onst

ruct

ion

& o

pera

ting

prin

cipl

es.

3φ w

indi

ng c

onne

ctio

ns &

pha

se

grou

ping

. Eq

uiva

lent

circ

uits

. Vo

ltage

regu

latio

n &

effi

cien

cy p

aral

lel o

pera

tion.

4.

Li

ne &

cab

les:

Ove

rhea

d lin

e co

nstru

ctio

n in

clud

ing

trans

posi

tion

and

bund

ling.

Prim

ary

(RLC

G)

and

gene

ral

(AB

CD

) pa

ram

eter

cal

cula

tions

. Li

ne e

quat

ions

and

per

form

ance

ch

arts

. C

oron

a lo

ss a

nd i

nter

fere

nce.

Cab

le t

ypes

and

con

stru

ctio

n in

clud

ing

void

fo

rmat

ion

and

cros

s bon

ding

. El

ectri

cal s

tress

cal

cula

tion.

The

rmal

cha

ract

eris

tics.

5.

Rot

atin

g el

ectr

ical

mac

hine

s: B

asic

ope

ratin

g pr

inci

ples

of

d.c.

mac

hine

s, in

duct

ion

mot

ors a

nd sy

nchr

onou

s mac

hine

s. L

abor

ator

y E

xper

imen

t:

Typi

cal T

itles

1.

Ex

perim

ents

on

sing

le p

hase

tran

sfor

mer

. 2.

Ex

perim

ents

on

thre

e ph

ase

trans

form

er.

3.

Com

pute

r ex

erci

ses o

n tra

nsm

issi

on li

ne p

aram

eter

s cal

cula

tions

. C

ase

stud

y:

Typi

cal t

itles

1.

D

iscu

ss th

e en

viro

nmen

tal i

mpa

cts o

f nuc

lear

pow

er g

ener

atio

n.

2.

Dis

cuss

the

envi

ronm

enta

l im

pact

s of f

ossi

l fue

l pow

er g

ener

atio

n.

3.

Dis

cuss

the

envi

ronm

enta

l im

pact

s on

the

deve

lopm

ent o

f lar

ge s

cale

hyd

ropo

wer

sta

tion

like

the

Thre

e G

orge

s pro

ject

. 4.

Ex

plai

n w

hy m

oder

n el

ectri

c po

wer

syst

ems a

re o

ften

inte

rcon

nect

ed.

5.

Dis

cuss

the

rene

wab

le e

nerg

y so

urce

s whi

ch m

ay b

e us

ed in

Hon

g K

ong.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Lect

ures

and

tuto

rials

are

use

d to

con

vey

the

basi

c co

ncep

ts a

nd k

now

ledg

e, to

teac

h st

uden

ts

the

skill

s to

iden

tify,

ana

lyze

, and

sol

ve te

chni

cal p

robl

ems,

and

to p

rovi

de s

tude

nts

feed

back

in

rela

tion

to th

eir l

earn

ing.

La

bora

tory

exp

erim

ents

and

cas

e st

udie

s ar

e de

sign

ed,

as s

uppl

emen

t to

the

lec

turin

g m

ater

ials

, for

stu

dent

s to

gai

n pr

actic

al e

xper

ienc

es a

nd b

e aw

are

of e

quip

men

t cha

ract

eris

tics

and

envi

ronm

ent i

ssue

s on

the

mod

ern

elec

trica

l pow

er sy

stem

. Te

achi

ng/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

O

utco

mes

a

bc

d Le

ctur

es√

√√

Tu

toria

ls a

nd c

ase

stud

ies

√√

Expe

rimen

ts√

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

eda

bc

d

1.

Exa

min

atio

n60

%√

√√

2. C

lass

test

s24

%√

3.

Lab

per

form

ance

and

re

port

10%

4. A

ssig

nmen

ts/c

ase

stud

y6%

√√

To

tal

100%

The

outc

omes

on

conc

epts

, de

sign

and

app

licat

ions

are

ass

esse

d by

exa

min

atio

ns a

nd t

ests

w

hils

t th

ose

on a

naly

tical

ski

lls, p

robl

em s

olvi

ng t

echn

ique

s an

d pr

actic

al c

onsi

dera

tions

of

elec

trica

l en

ergy

sys

tem

s, as

wel

l as

tea

m w

ork

and

tech

nica

l re

port

writ

ing

abili

ties

are

eval

uate

d by

lab

perf

orm

ance

and

repo

rts, a

nd a

ssig

nmen

ts/c

ase

stud

y re

ports

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e/Tu

toria

l 36

Hrs

.

La

bora

tory

12

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf-st

udy

and

assi

gnm

ents

47

Hrs

.

C

ase

stud

y 10

Hrs

.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

10

5 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s Te

xtbo

oks:

1.

El

ectri

cal e

nerg

y sy

stem

s – E

l-Haw

ary,

M. E

, CR

C P

ress

, 200

0 2.

El

ectri

c Po

wer

Sys

tem

s – B

.M. W

eedy

, Wile

y, 3

rd e

ditio

n or

late

r, 19

88 o

r lat

er

3.

Elem

ents

of P

ower

Sys

tem

Ana

lysi

s –

Will

iam

D. S

teve

nson

, Jr.,

McG

raw

Hill

, 4th

edi

tion

or la

ter,

1982

or l

ater

4.

El

ectri

c M

achi

nery

and

Pow

er S

yste

ms F

unda

men

tals

– S

. J. C

hapm

an, M

cGra

w-H

ill,

2002

R

efer

ence

boo

ks:

1.

Pow

er S

yste

m A

naly

sis –

Had

i Saa

dat,

McG

raw

Hill

, 199

9 2.

Po

wer

Sys

tem

Ana

lysi

s – A

rthur

R. B

erge

n, V

ijay

Vitt

al, P

rent

ice

Hak

k, 2

nd e

ditio

n, 2

000

3.

Pow

er S

yste

m A

naly

sis

and.

Des

ign

– J.D

. Glo

ver,

M. S

. Sar

ma,

and

T.J.

Ove

rbye

, 5th

ed

ition

, Cen

gage

Lea

rnin

g, 2

011

AI - 24

Page 68: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

  

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

EE20

07C

Subj

ect T

itle

Com

pute

r Sys

tem

Fun

dam

enta

ls

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

3

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

1.

To e

nabl

e st

uden

ts t

o es

tabl

ish

a br

oad

know

ledg

e of

the

org

aniz

atio

n an

d co

mpo

nent

s inc

lude

d in

a sm

all c

ompu

ter s

yste

m.

2.

To e

nabl

e st

uden

ts to

und

erst

and

and

appl

y as

sem

bly

lang

uage

pro

gram

min

g.

3.

To e

nabl

e st

uden

ts to

dev

elop

a si

mpl

e em

bedd

ed c

ompu

ter s

yste

m

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

a.

Giv

en

spec

ifica

tions

of

an

ap

plic

atio

n an

d th

e in

stru

ctio

n se

t of

th

e m

icro

proc

esso

r, de

sign

an

as

sem

bly

prog

ram

to

ca

rry

out

the

nece

ssar

y op

erat

ions

.

b.

App

reci

ate

adva

nced

fe

atur

es

of

the

late

st

mic

ropr

oces

sors

an

d un

ders

tand

fu

nctio

ns o

f bas

ic c

ompu

ter p

erip

hera

ls.

c.

Giv

en a

set o

f con

ditio

ns, d

esig

n a

basi

c co

mpu

ter s

yste

m.

d.

Thin

k lo

gica

lly a

nd b

e ab

le to

pre

sent

resu

lts in

writ

ing.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Com

pute

r Sy

stem

s Har

dwar

e an

d O

pera

tions

1.

Proc

esso

r ope

ratio

n an

d in

tern

al a

rchi

tect

ure:

Ope

ratio

ns o

f dat

a re

gist

ers,

buse

s an

d da

ta p

ath,

ope

ratio

ns o

f A

LU,

arith

met

ic h

ardw

are,

and

gen

eral

pip

elin

e ar

chite

ctur

e. In

trodu

ctio

n to

stru

ctur

e an

d op

erat

ion

of a

mod

ern

mic

ropr

oces

sor.

2.

Mem

ory

orga

niza

tion:

Cha

ract

eris

tics

of c

urre

nt m

emor

y te

chno

logi

es. M

emor

y hi

erar

chie

s and

mem

ory

deco

ding

mec

hani

sm.

3.

Inpu

t an

d ou

tput

sy

stem

s:

Dire

ct

I/O

syst

em

and

mem

ory

map

ped

I/O;

hand

shak

ing

cont

rol,

prog

ram

med

I/O

; int

erru

pt a

nd p

ollin

g m

echa

nism

s. Pr

otoc

ol

for s

eria

l dat

a co

mm

unic

atio

ns.

4.

Mic

ropr

oces

sor

hard

war

e an

d in

terf

acin

g:

Syst

em

bus

orga

niza

tion

and

inte

rfaci

ng

tech

niqu

es,

CPU

bu

s tim

ing,

sy

stem

bu

s st

ruct

ure,

de

sign

of

in

put/o

utpu

t sys

tem

. Int

erfa

ce a

nd o

pera

tions

of

LSI

chip

s ap

plie

d in

a c

ompu

ter

syst

em in

clud

ing:

inte

rrup

t con

trolle

r, tim

er, U

AR

T an

d PI

O. O

verv

iew

of m

oder

n m

icro

proc

esso

rs.

Ass

embl

y L

angu

age

Prog

ram

min

g

5.

Mem

ory

addr

essi

ng s

pace

and

dat

a re

pres

enta

tion:

Int

erna

l re

gist

ers

of 8

086,

  

Add

ress

ing

mod

es in

808

6 so

ft-w

are

mod

el.

6.

Ass

embl

y la

ngua

ge p

rogr

am:

Bas

ic e

lem

ents

of

an a

ssem

bly

lang

uage

pro

gram

, in

stru

ctio

n m

nem

onic

s an

d di

rect

ives

, ar

ithm

etic

op

erat

ions

an

d lo

gica

l op

erat

ions

.

7.

Prog

ram

min

g te

chni

ques

: A

rithm

etic

man

ipul

atio

ns,

elem

enta

ry p

rogr

amm

ing

cons

truct

s, pa

ram

eter

pas

sing

, dat

a in

itial

isat

ion.

8.

Cod

ing

and

debu

ggin

g: C

onve

rsio

n of

sou

rce

prog

ram

s to

mac

hine

cod

es, u

se o

f so

ftwar

e de

bugg

ing

mon

itor,

Com

pila

tion

of a

ssem

bly

sour

ce p

rogr

am, l

inki

ng o

f ob

ject

file

s.

Lab

orat

ory

Exp

erim

ent:

Perf

orm

bas

ic i

nput

/out

put

oper

atio

ns o

f a

mic

roco

ntro

ller

by a

ssem

bly

lang

uage

pr

ogra

mm

ing.

Spee

d co

ntro

l of

a D

C m

otor

usi

ng a

mic

roco

ntro

ller

and

asse

mbl

y la

ngua

ge

prog

ram

min

g.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Lect

ures

and

tut

oria

ls a

re t

he p

rimar

y m

eans

of

conv

eyin

g th

e ba

sic

conc

epts

and

th

eorie

s. E

xper

ienc

es o

n de

sign

, pra

ctic

al a

pplic

atio

ns a

nd p

rogr

amm

ing

are

give

n th

roug

h ex

perim

ents

, in

whi

ch th

e st

uden

ts a

re e

xpec

ted

to so

lve

desi

gn p

robl

ems w

ith

real

-life

con

stra

ints

and

to

atta

in f

easi

ble

solu

tions

with

crit

ical

and

ana

lytic

al

thin

king

.

Inte

ract

ive

labo

rato

ry

sess

ions

ar

e in

trodu

ced

to

enco

urag

e be

tter

prep

arat

ion

and

henc

e un

ders

tand

ing

of th

e ex

perim

ents

. O

n-th

e-sp

ot a

sses

smen

ts a

re

cond

ucte

d in

the

lab

orat

ory

to p

rovi

de a

dditi

onal

inc

entiv

es f

or s

tude

nt l

earn

ing.

Ex

perim

ents

ar

e de

sign

ed

to

supp

lem

ent

the

lect

urin

g m

ater

ials

, es

peci

ally

in

as

sem

bly

lang

uage

pro

gram

min

g, s

o th

at t

he s

tude

nts

are

enco

urag

ed t

o ta

ke e

xtra

re

adin

gs a

nd to

look

for r

elev

ant i

nfor

mat

ion.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

Out

com

es

a b

c d

Lect

ures

and

tuto

rials

Tuto

rials

Expe

rimen

ts

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

a b

c d

1. E

xam

inat

ion

60%

2. C

lass

Tes

t 15

%

3. L

abor

ator

y pe

rform

ance

& re

port

10%

4. P

rogr

amm

ing

test

15

%

AI - 25

Page 69: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

  

Tota

l 10

0%

It is

a fu

ndam

enta

l com

pute

r arc

hite

ctur

e su

bjec

t. T

he o

utco

mes

on

conc

epts

, des

ign

and

appl

icat

ions

are

ass

esse

d by

the

usua

l mea

ns o

f exa

min

atio

n an

d te

st w

hils

t tho

se

on a

naly

tical

ski

lls,

prob

lem

-sol

ving

tec

hniq

ues

and

prac

tical

con

side

ratio

ns o

f pr

ogra

mm

ing,

as

wel

l as

tec

hnic

al r

epor

ting

are

eval

uate

d by

exp

erim

ents

, an

d th

e re

port.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e/Tu

toria

l 36

Hrs

.

La

bora

tory

12

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

La

bora

tory

pre

para

tion/

repo

rt 12

Hrs

.

Se

lf-st

udy

45 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

10

5 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s T

extb

ooks

:

1.

B.B

. Bre

y, T

he In

tel M

icro

proc

esso

rs A

rchi

tect

ure,

Pro

gram

min

g, a

nd In

terf

acin

g.

8th E

ditio

n, P

rent

ice

Hal

l, 20

08

2.

K.R

. Irv

ine,

Ass

embl

y La

ngua

ge fo

r Int

el-B

ased

Com

pute

rs, 5

th E

ditio

n, P

rent

ice

Hal

l, 20

06

Ref

eren

ce b

ooks

:

1.

A.K

. Ray

, Adv

ance

d M

icro

proc

esso

rs &

Per

iphe

rals

, McG

raw

-Hill

, 200

6

2.

R.J.

Toc

ci a

nd F

.J. A

mbr

osio

, M

icro

proc

esso

rs a

nd M

icro

com

pute

rs:

Har

dwar

e an

d So

ftwar

e, 6

th E

ditio

n, P

rent

ice

Hal

l, 20

03

3.

W.A

. Trie

bel a

nd A

. Sin

gh, T

he 8

088

and

8086

Mic

ropr

oces

sors

: Pro

gram

min

g,

Inte

rfaci

ng, S

oftw

are,

Har

dwar

e, a

nd A

pplic

atio

ns, 4

th E

ditio

n, P

rent

ice

Hal

l, 20

03

  

AI - 26

Page 70: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

  

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

EE20

09C

Subj

ect T

itle

Gro

up P

roje

ct

Cre

dit V

alue

6

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ Exc

lusi

on

Pre-

requ

isite

: Th

e st

uden

t sho

uld

have

com

plet

ed m

ost o

f the

sub

ject

s re

quire

d in

Yea

r 1

of th

e pr

ogra

mm

e in

clud

ing

the

onlin

e tu

toria

l on

aca

dem

ic i

nteg

rity

befo

re ta

king

this

sub

ject

. The

enr

ollm

ent o

f th

is s

ubje

ct is

sub

ject

ed to

th

e ap

prov

al o

f the

Pro

ject

Coo

rdin

ator

Obj

ectiv

es

1.

To e

nsur

e st

uden

ts h

ave

an o

ppor

tuni

ty t

o ap

ply

spec

ialis

ed t

heor

etic

al k

now

ledg

e to

geth

er w

ith p

ract

ical

ski

ll to

an

iden

tifie

d en

gine

erin

g pr

oble

m, t

o so

lve

them

and

to

com

mun

icat

e w

hat i

s ach

ieve

d or

ally

and

in a

repo

rt.

2.

To e

nsur

e st

uden

t to

wor

k ef

fect

ivel

y an

d ef

ficie

ntly

in a

team

for a

tech

nica

l pro

ject

(s

tude

nts a

re n

orm

ally

gro

uped

into

team

s of t

hree

.)

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

a.

To a

pply

spec

ializ

ed k

now

ledg

e.

b.

To i

dent

ify k

ey e

ngin

eerin

g pr

oble

ms,

to s

olve

the

m a

nd t

o co

mm

unic

ate

wha

t is

ac

hiev

ed o

rally

and

in a

writ

ten

repo

rt.

c.

To d

evel

op a

pro

ject

whi

ch is

suffi

cien

tly c

halle

ngin

g.

d.

To m

onito

r the

pro

gres

s of

pro

ject

from

con

cept

to fi

nal i

mpl

emen

tatio

n an

d te

stin

g,

thro

ugh

prob

lem

def

initi

on.

e.

To s

ynth

esiz

e an

d ap

ply

thei

r kn

owle

dge,

ana

lytic

al a

nd p

ract

ical

ski

lls g

aine

d in

va

rious

dis

cipl

ines

f. To

bui

ld t

eam

spi

rit,

conf

iden

ce a

nd d

evel

op p

rofe

ssio

nalis

m b

y su

cces

sful

ly

com

plet

ing

the

proj

ect.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Cho

ice

of P

roje

ct

Proj

ects

are

exp

ecte

d to

be

prop

osed

by

the

stud

ents

. The

y m

ay a

lso

be p

ropo

sed

by

acad

emic

mem

bers

of s

taff,

or j

oint

ly b

y st

uden

t and

staf

f. In

dust

rial e

xper

ienc

e an

d st

aff

rese

arch

and

con

sulta

ncy

activ

ities

are

fer

tile

grou

nd f

or id

eas.

Proj

ect

prop

osal

s m

ust

incl

ude

an o

bjec

tive,

des

crib

e th

e m

etho

d of

app

roac

h, d

escr

ibe

any

inno

vativ

e fe

atur

es,

and

prov

ide

an e

stim

ate

of c

ost.

The

suita

bilit

y of

a p

ropo

sal m

ay b

e ju

dged

by

fact

ors

such

as

its in

telle

ctua

l lev

el, l

evel

of

diff

icul

ty in

tech

nica

l asp

ects

, rel

evan

ce to

the

aim

s of

the

Prog

ram

me,

pra

ctic

ality

in

term

s of t

ime,

fund

ing

and

avai

labi

lity

of re

sour

ces.

Proj

ect P

lan

At

the

begi

nnin

g of

the

pro

ject

, st

uden

ts a

re r

equi

red

to s

ubm

it a

clea

r pr

ojec

t pl

an

(for

mal

pro

ject

pro

posa

l). T

he p

lan

shou

ld n

ot b

e to

o lo

ng b

ut sh

ould

cov

er su

ch m

atte

rs

as:

pr

oble

m id

entif

icat

ion

stat

emen

ts

  

br

ief l

itera

ture

surv

ey, b

ackg

roun

d th

eory

sugg

este

d m

etho

ds to

solv

e th

e pr

oble

m

di

visi

on o

utlin

e of

har

dwar

e an

d so

ftwar

e

prel

imin

ary

time

sche

dule

cost

est

imat

e In

teri

m P

rogr

ess R

epor

t

A p

rogr

ess

repo

rt su

bmitt

ed b

etw

een

the

end

of th

e 1st

sem

este

r an

d th

e st

art o

f th

e 2nd

se

mes

ter,

whe

n st

uden

ts p

rodu

ce a

sum

mar

y of

the

ir pr

ogre

ss t

o da

te.

This

giv

es t

he

supe

rvis

or a

mor

e fo

rmal

opp

ortu

nity

than

at d

iscu

ssio

ns to

indi

cate

his

ass

essm

ent o

f st

uden

t pro

gres

s an

d to

elim

inat

e di

scre

panc

ies

if ne

cess

ary.

Pro

blem

cas

es a

re b

roug

ht

to th

e no

tice

of th

e pr

ojec

t coo

rdin

ator

by

supe

rvis

ors.

Fina

l Pro

ject

Rep

ort

A g

ood

proj

ect s

ched

ule

incl

udes

ade

quat

e tim

e fo

r pre

parin

g a

repo

rt of

the

appr

opria

te

stan

dard

. The

fina

l rep

ort s

houl

d be

sub

mitt

ed b

efor

e th

e ex

amin

atio

n pe

riod.

The

se w

ill

be g

iven

to

the

Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (s

ee A

sses

smen

t be

low

) fo

r un

ders

tand

ing

of t

he

stud

ent’s

wor

k an

d fo

r as

sess

men

t pu

rpos

ed.

To e

nsur

e th

at t

he p

roje

ct r

epor

ts a

re

prep

ared

pro

perly

and

of a

ppro

pria

te st

anda

rd, s

tude

nt g

roup

s mus

t firs

t sub

mit

a dr

aft o

f th

e re

port

to th

e su

perv

isor

for c

omm

ents

bef

ore

final

subm

issi

on.

At

the

end

of t

he p

roje

ct,

each

pro

ject

is

asse

ssed

by

an A

sses

smen

t Pa

nel

of t

hree

m

embe

rs, i

nclu

ding

a C

hairm

an, a

n in

depe

nden

t ex

amin

er a

nd t

he p

roje

ct S

uper

viso

r. Th

e C

hairm

an a

nd t

he i

ndep

ende

nt e

xam

iner

sho

uld

have

suf

ficie

nt k

now

ledg

e of

the

su

bjec

t are

a, s

o as

to f

orm

an

inde

pend

ent o

pini

on o

f th

e te

chni

cal m

erit

of th

e pr

ojec

t an

d to

inde

pend

ently

ass

ess a

chie

vem

ents

.

The

Proj

ect

Supe

rvis

or w

ill p

rovi

de i

nfor

mat

ion

on s

tude

nt’s

pro

gres

s, in

itiat

ive

and

abili

ty t

o w

ork

inde

pend

ently

. Th

e Su

perv

isor

will

als

o be

in

a po

sitio

n to

con

tribu

te

view

s on

the

stud

ent’s

tech

nica

l ach

ieve

men

t. A

ll m

embe

rs o

f the

Ass

essm

ent P

anel

will

re

ad th

e pr

ojec

t rep

ort b

efor

e th

e as

sess

men

t mee

ting.

The

Ass

essm

ent P

anel

will

reac

h th

eir d

ecis

ion

afte

r:

lis

teni

ng to

the

stud

ent’s

pre

sent

atio

n,

ex

amin

ing

him

ora

lly o

n hi

s wor

k, a

nd

se

eing

a d

emon

stra

tion

of th

e pr

ojec

t’s o

utco

me.

Ass

essm

ent

In a

sses

sing

the

pro

ject

, th

e pa

nel

will

con

side

r, no

rmal

ly w

ith e

qual

wei

ght,

the

follo

win

g as

pect

s:

a.

Inte

llect

ual a

chie

vem

ent;

b.

Dep

th o

f und

erst

andi

ng o

f the

topi

c an

d th

e re

leva

nt a

llied

topi

cs;

c.

Qua

ntity

and

qua

lity

of w

ork

done

, inc

ludi

ng d

esig

n an

d co

nstru

ctio

n of

equ

ipm

ent,

expe

rimen

tatio

n, m

athe

mat

ical

mod

els,

prog

ram

writ

ing,

ver

ifica

tion;

d.

Pr

esen

tatio

n in

clud

ing

the

writ

ten

repo

rt, s

emin

ar p

rese

ntat

ion

and

resp

onse

to

ques

tions

.

The

Cha

irman

will

ens

ure

that

all

aspe

cts

of th

e st

udy

are

thor

ough

ly d

iscu

ssed

by

the

Pane

l bef

ore

arriv

ing

at a

con

sens

us o

n an

ove

rall

grad

e to

be

awar

ded

to th

e pr

ojec

t. In

ar

rivin

g at

thei

r dec

isio

n, th

e Pa

nel w

ill b

ear i

n m

ind

thei

r exp

erie

nces

in re

spec

t of t

he

achi

evem

ents

in o

ther

pro

ject

s in

the

Dep

artm

ent i

n th

e cu

rren

t and

pre

viou

s yea

rs.

If n

o co

nsen

sus

aris

es a

s to

the

over

all g

rade

to b

e aw

arde

d to

the

proj

ect,

each

pan

el

mem

ber

(i.e.

the

Cha

irman

, the

pro

ject

sup

ervi

sor

and

the

inde

pend

ent

exam

iner

) w

ill

AI - 27

Page 71: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

  

inde

pend

ently

aw

ard

grad

es

to

the

proj

ect

on

an

asse

ssm

ent

form

w

ith

writ

ten

just

ifica

tion

for t

heir

grad

es.

A g

rade

from

the

Ass

essm

ent P

anel

will

then

be

deriv

ed b

y av

erag

ing

(with

the

sam

e w

eigh

t) th

e co

nver

sion

mar

ks fo

r the

gra

des

give

n by

the

thre

e ac

adem

ics c

onst

itutin

g th

e Ass

essm

ent P

anel

.

Met

hod

of A

sses

smen

t:

100%

con

tinuo

us a

sses

smen

t I.

Form

al P

roje

ct P

ropo

sal

Stu

dent

s ar

e re

quire

d to

sub

mit

a fo

rmal

pro

ject

pro

posa

l whe

n th

e pr

ojec

t is

starte

d.

One

har

dcop

y is

req

uire

d. T

he l

engt

h of

the

pro

posa

l sh

ould

be

limite

d to

6 p

ages

, ex

clud

ing

appe

ndix

, if a

ny. T

his w

ill c

ontr

ibut

e to

5%

of t

he fi

nal g

rade

.

The

con

tent

s of t

he p

ropo

sal s

houl

d in

clud

e:

A.

Aim

s of t

he p

roje

ct

B.

Prop

osed

spec

ifica

tions

of t

he p

rodu

ct (n

o m

atte

r it i

s a h

ardw

are

or so

ftwar

e pr

ojec

t) C

. Su

mm

ary

of th

e lit

erat

ure

sear

ch d

one

up-to

-dat

e.

D.

Prop

osed

app

roac

h/m

etho

dolo

gy to

be

used

E.

So

me

brie

f des

crip

tions

on

the

theo

ry o

f the

app

roac

h/m

etho

dolo

gy

F.

Tim

e ta

ble

/ sch

edul

e of

you

r wor

k of

the

entir

e pr

ojec

t

Ass

essm

ent C

rite

ria

1.

Lite

ratu

re re

view

. 2.

Pr

oble

m d

efin

ition

. 3.

W

ritin

g qu

ality

. II

. T

he In

teri

m P

rogr

ess R

epor

t

Stud

ents

are

also

requ

ired

to s

ubm

it an

inte

rim p

rogr

ess

repo

rt at

abo

ut th

e m

iddl

e of

pr

ojec

t dur

atio

n. T

wo

hard

copi

es a

re re

quire

d. T

he le

ngth

of t

he p

ropo

sal s

houl

d be

lim

ited

to 1

2 pa

ges,

excl

udin

g ap

pend

ix, i

f any

. Thi

s will

con

trib

ute

to 1

5% o

f the

fina

l gra

de.

The

cont

ents

of t

he p

rogr

ess r

epor

t sho

uld

incl

ude:

A.

Aim

s of t

he p

roje

ct (e

spec

ially

any

cha

nge

from

the

orig

inal

aim

s).

B.

Brie

f out

line

of th

e th

eory

. C

. W

ork

that

has

bee

n ca

rried

out

up

to th

e da

te.

D.

The

syste

m d

esig

n an

d th

e bl

ock

diag

ram

of t

he s

yste

m, p

lus

som

e br

ief d

escr

iptio

ns

on th

e th

eory

. E.

D

iffic

ultie

s enc

ount

ered

and

the

mea

sure

s tak

en to

solv

e th

em.

F.

Prop

osed

tim

e ta

ble

/ sch

edul

e fo

r the

rest

of th

e w

ork

up to

the

end

of th

e pr

ojec

t. G

. D

iffic

ultie

s exp

ecte

d in

the

com

ing

perio

d.

Ass

essm

ent C

rite

ria

1.

Met

hod:

alte

rnat

ives

and

feas

ibili

ty.

2.

Des

ign

/ Im

plem

enta

tion

/ Res

ults

. 3.

Pr

ojec

t man

agem

ent.

4.

Wri

ting

qual

ity.

III.

The

Fin

al R

epor

t

In

writ

ing

a re

port

it is

advi

sabl

e to

for

m a

fra

mew

ork

for

the

repo

rt fir

st. Y

ou m

ay

start

with

the

form

atio

n of

the

title

s of

the

chap

ters

. The

n yo

u pr

ocee

d on

to d

ecid

e th

e tit

les a

nd st

ruct

ure

of th

e se

ctio

ns w

ithin

eac

h ch

apte

r. C

ontin

uing

the

proc

ess,

each

sect

ion

may

be

furth

er e

xpan

ded

into

app

ropr

iate

sub

-sec

tions

, div

ision

s an

d su

b-di

visio

ns e

tc.,

until

a c

ompl

ete

fram

ewor

k is

form

ed. T

he f

inal

rep

ort

will

con

trib

ute

to 5

0% o

f th

e

  

final

gra

de.

Th

e co

nten

t of t

he fi

nal r

epor

t inc

lude

s:

A.

Aim

s of t

he p

roje

ct (e

spec

ially

any

cha

nge

from

the

orig

inal

aim

s).

B.

The

mot

ivat

ion

behi

nd th

e pr

ojec

t and

a b

rief o

utlin

e of

the

proj

ect w

ork.

C

. A

sum

mar

y of

wor

k do

ne o

r dev

elop

ed in

the

proj

ect (

not w

ork

done

by

othe

rs).

D.

The

syste

m d

esig

n an

d th

e bl

ock

diag

ram

of t

he s

yste

m, p

lus

som

e br

ief d

escr

iptio

ns

on th

e th

eory

. E.

Te

sting

and

sim

ulat

ion

resu

lts.

F.

Com

men

ts on

resu

lts o

btai

ned.

G

. D

iffic

ultie

s enc

ount

ered

and

the

mea

sure

s tak

en to

solv

e th

em.

H.

The

achi

evem

ent o

f th

e pr

ojec

t, th

e co

nclu

sions

fro

m th

e w

ork

and

sugg

estio

ns f

or

furth

er w

ork.

I.

Mat

eria

ls w

hich

are

clo

sely

rel

ated

to

the

cont

ents

of

the

repo

rt, a

nd w

hich

are

th

emse

lves

self-

cont

aine

d, m

ay b

e in

clud

ed in

the

repo

rt as

app

endi

xes.

J. A

list

of

the

refe

renc

es r

efer

red

to t

he s

ourc

e of

inf

orm

atio

n in

the

rep

ort.

This

is co

mpu

lsory

.

Ass

essm

ent C

rite

ria

1.

Prob

lem

iden

tific

atio

n.

2.

Con

cept

ual c

lari

ty a

nd a

ccur

acy.

3.

Tech

nica

l app

roac

h us

ed.

4.

Lite

ratu

re se

arch

5.

W

ritin

g qu

ality

and

form

at o

f rep

ort

IV.

The

Pre

sent

atio

n an

d D

emon

stra

tion

Th

e st

uden

t sho

uld

keep

the

pres

enta

tion

conc

ise

and

inte

rest

ing

thro

ugh

good

use

of

visu

al a

ids

and

mul

timed

ia,

logi

c flo

w o

f id

eas,

and

appr

opria

te c

ontro

l of

the

pac

e.

Show

goo

d m

aste

ring

of to

pics

and

avo

id u

ndue

pau

ses.

The

stud

ent s

houl

d be

abl

e to

el

abor

ate

on te

chni

cal d

etai

ls in

ans

wer

ing

ques

tions

. Goo

d pr

onun

ciat

ion

and

into

natio

n ar

e de

sira

ble.

Be

cour

teou

s dur

ing

the

pres

enta

tion.

H

ardw

are

mus

t be

neat

ly b

uilt

and

laid

out

and

ther

e is

goo

d en

gine

erin

g se

nse

in

hard

war

e im

plem

enta

tion.

Circ

uits

/ so

ftwar

e sh

ould

func

tion

prop

erly

, and

exp

erim

ents

sh

ould

be

able

to su

ppor

t ful

fillm

ent o

f pro

ject

obj

ectiv

es.

T

he p

rese

ntat

ion

and

dem

onst

ratio

n w

ill c

ontr

ibut

e to

30%

of t

he fi

nal g

rade

.

Ass

essm

ent C

rite

ria

1.

Prob

lem

iden

tific

atio

n.

2.

Con

cept

ual c

lari

ty a

nd a

ccur

acy.

3.

Tech

nica

l met

hodo

logy

. 4.

Su

cces

sful

ness

of t

he d

emon

stra

tion.

5.

Fl

uenc

y an

d co

nfid

ence

in p

rese

ntat

ion

and

dem

onst

ratio

n.

Not

e 1:

Eac

h pr

ojec

t gro

up h

as to

subm

it/ca

rry

out a

ll th

e ab

ove

four

com

pone

nts b

efor

e he

/she

is c

onsi

dere

d to

pas

s the

FY

P.

Not

e 2:

The

fina

l gra

de fo

r the

FY

P w

ill b

e ca

lcul

ated

by

taki

ng th

e w

eigh

ted

aver

age

of

the

grad

es fr

om th

e ab

ove

four

com

pone

nts.

Not

e 3:

Alth

ough

it

is a

gro

up p

roje

ct,

diffe

rent

gra

des

may

be

awar

ded

to d

iffer

ent

mem

bers

of

the

grou

p if

it is

fou

nd t

hat

cont

ribut

ions

fro

m d

iffer

ent

mem

bers

var

y

AI - 28

Page 72: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

  

sign

ifica

ntly

.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

As t

he n

atur

e of

the

subj

ect i

mpl

ies,

ther

e w

ill n

ot b

e m

any

form

al le

ctur

es in

the

subj

ect,

othe

r tha

n a

few

of h

ours

of b

riefin

gs o

n ge

nera

l inf

orm

atio

n, so

me

offic

ial p

roce

dure

s in

adm

inis

tratio

n of

th

e pr

ojec

t an

d so

me

tech

niqu

es

on

info

rmat

ion/

co

mpo

nent

s se

arch

ing.

Stu

dent

s le

arn

the

tech

nica

l co

nten

ts b

y a

subs

tant

ial

num

ber

of i

ndiv

idua

l di

scus

sion

s w

ith th

eir

proj

ect s

uper

viso

rs a

nd a

larg

e nu

mbe

r of

hou

rs o

f se

lf-le

arni

ng.

The

plan

ning

of t

he p

roje

ct w

ill b

e ca

rrie

d un

der t

he d

irect

ion

of th

e su

perv

isor

. Thr

ough

th

e ex

ecut

ion

of th

e pr

ojec

t pla

n w

ith g

uida

nce

from

the

supe

rvis

or, t

he s

tude

nt s

houl

d be

abl

e to

ach

ieve

the

lear

ning

out

com

es.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

Out

com

es

a b

c d

e f

Dis

cuss

ion

with

the

proj

ect

Supe

rvis

or

Wiri

ng o

f the

pro

ject

pro

posa

l √

√ √

Writ

ing

of th

e in

terim

repo

rt √

√ √

√ √

Writ

ing

of th

e fin

al re

port

√ √

√ √

√ √

Pres

enta

tion

and

dem

onst

ratio

n

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

a b

c d

e f

1. F

orm

al p

roje

ct

prop

osal

5%

2. In

terim

pro

gres

s re

port

15%

3. F

inal

repo

rt 50

%

4. P

rese

ntat

ion

and

dem

onst

ratio

n 30

%

Tota

l 10

0%

Ass

essm

ent

crite

ria f

or e

ach

of t

he a

bove

ass

essm

ent

met

hods

are

as

liste

d in

one

of

abov

e se

ctio

ns.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

B

riefin

gs

3 H

rs.

In

divi

dual

Dis

cuss

ions

with

supe

rvis

or

~12

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

In

form

atio

n se

arch

, sel

f stu

dy

Ex

ecut

ion

of th

e pr

ojec

t, re

port

writ

ing,

~1

55 H

rs.

  

prep

arat

ion

of p

rese

ntat

ion

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

17

0 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s N

il

 

AI - 29

Page 73: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

  

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

EE30

02C

Subj

ect T

itle

Elec

trom

echa

nica

l Ene

rgy

Con

vers

ion

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

3

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

1.

To p

rovi

de st

uden

ts a

gen

eral

kno

wle

dge

on c

omm

on ty

pes o

f ele

ctric

mac

hine

s.

2.

To p

rovi

de st

uden

ts th

e ba

sic

tech

niqu

es o

f ste

ady-

stat

e el

ectri

c m

achi

ne a

naly

sis.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

a.

Expl

ain

the

cons

truct

ion,

ope

ratin

g pr

inci

ples

, per

form

ance

cha

ract

eris

tics,

cont

rol

and

appl

icat

ions

of t

rans

form

ers a

nd m

ajor

type

s of r

otat

ing

elec

tric

mac

hine

s.

b.

Ana

lyse

the

ste

ady-

stat

e pe

rfor

man

ce o

f el

ectri

c m

achi

nes

usin

g ap

prop

riate

eq

uiva

lent

circ

uit m

odel

s.

c.

Ope

rate

pra

ctic

al e

lect

ric m

achi

nes a

nd to

con

duct

rele

vant

test

s and

exp

erim

ents

.

d.

Pres

ent

resu

lts o

f el

ectri

c m

achi

ne s

tudi

es i

n th

e fo

rm o

f ta

bles

, gr

aphs

, an

d w

ritte

n re

ports

.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1.

Intr

oduc

tion:

Prin

cipl

es o

f mot

ors a

nd g

ener

ator

s. M

ater

ials

for e

lect

ric m

achi

nes.

Type

s of e

lect

ric m

achi

nes a

nd a

pplic

atio

ns.

Loss

es a

nd e

ffic

ienc

y.

2.

Mac

hine

rat

ing:

Tem

pera

ture

ris

e an

d co

olin

g m

etho

ds.

Hea

ting

and

cool

ing

curv

es.

Ther

mal

ratin

gs.

Mac

hine

nam

epla

te.

3.

Tran

sfor

mer

s: O

pera

ting

prin

cipl

es. E

quiv

alen

t ci

rcui

ts. V

olta

ge r

egul

atio

n an

d ef

ficie

ncy.

Par

alle

l ope

ratio

n. T

hree

-pha

se tr

ansf

orm

ers a

nd p

hase

gro

upin

g.

4.

Win

ding

s: P

hase

and

com

mut

ator

win

ding

s. W

indi

ng f

acto

rs.

E.m

.f. e

quat

ion.

H

arm

onic

s. P

rodu

ctio

n of

rota

ting

field

.

5.

D.C

. m

achi

nes:

C

onst

ruct

ion.

E.

m.f

equa

tion.

A

rmat

ure

reac

tion

and

com

mut

atio

n.

Cha

ract

eris

tics

of s

hunt

, ser

ies

and

com

poun

d m

achi

nes.

Test

ing.

Sp

eed

cont

rol.

Uni

vers

al m

otor

. B

rush

less

d.c

. mot

or.

6.

Sync

hron

ous

mac

hine

s:

Con

stru

ctio

n.

Sync

hron

ous

impe

danc

e.

Vol

tage

re

gula

tion.

Sy

nchr

onis

ing.

Per

form

ance

on

infin

ite b

usba

rs.

Pow

er/lo

ad a

ngle

re

latio

nshi

p. S

tabi

lity.

Syn

chro

nous

mot

or.

7.

Indu

ctio

n m

achi

nes:

Squ

irrel

cag

e an

d w

ound

-rot

or t

ypes

. Eq

uiva

lent

circ

uit.

Torq

ue-s

lip re

latio

nshi

p. S

tarti

ng, b

raki

ng a

nd g

ener

atin

g. T

estin

g. S

peed

con

trol.

Sing

le-p

hase

indu

ctio

n m

otor

s.

  

Lab

orat

ory

Exp

erim

ents

:

Load

test

, eff

icie

ncy

and

spee

d co

ntro

l of a

d.c

. mot

or.

Perf

orm

ance

eva

luat

ion

of a

thre

e-ph

ase

cage

indu

ctio

n m

otor

.

Sync

hron

ous m

otor

V-c

urve

s.

Tem

pera

ture

rise

and

ratin

gs.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Del

iver

y of

the

sub

ject

is

mai

nly

thro

ugh

form

al l

ectu

res

and

com

plem

ente

d by

tu

toria

ls. E

xcel

pro

gram

mes

are

use

d to

cla

rify

conc

epts

of

elec

tric

mac

hine

s le

arnt

an

d fo

r co

nduc

ting

‘wha

t-if’

ana

lysi

s. La

bora

tory

wor

k pr

ovid

es s

tude

nts

hand

s-on

ex

perie

nce

in o

pera

tion

and

cont

rol

of p

ract

ical

mac

hine

s, w

hile

rep

ort-w

ritin

g en

able

s stu

dent

s to

prac

tise

writ

ten

and

grap

hic

pres

enta

tion

skill

s.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

Out

com

es

a b

c d

Lect

ures

√ √

Tuto

rials

Labo

rato

ry w

ork

√ √

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

a b

c d

1. E

xam

inat

ion

60%

√ √

2. T

ests

20

%

√ √

3. L

abor

ator

y w

ork

and

repo

rts

15%

√ √

4. A

ssig

nmen

t 5%

Tota

l 10

0%

It is

a f

unda

men

tal s

ubje

ct o

n el

ectri

c m

achi

nes

and

trans

form

ers.

The

out

com

es o

n co

ncep

ts,

oper

atin

g pr

inci

ples

and

app

licat

ions

are

ass

esse

d by

the

usu

al m

eans

of

assi

gnm

ent,

test

s, an

d ex

amin

atio

n. T

he o

utco

mes

on

prac

tical

ope

ratio

n of

ele

ctric

m

achi

nes a

nd te

chni

cal c

omm

unic

atio

n ar

e ev

alua

ted

by la

bora

tory

wor

k an

d re

ports

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d C

lass

con

tact

:

Le

ctur

e/Tu

toria

l 36

Hrs

.

AI - 30

Page 74: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

  

La

bora

tory

12

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

R

evis

ion,

self-

stud

y, a

nd a

ssig

nmen

t 48

Hrs

.

W

rite-

up o

f lab

orat

ory

repo

rts

9 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

10

5 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s R

efer

ence

boo

ks:

1.

C.G

. McP

hers

on a

nd R

.D. L

aram

ore,

An

Intro

duct

ion

to E

lect

rical

Mac

hine

s an

d Tr

ansf

orm

ers,

2nd E

ditio

n, N

Y: J

ohn

Wile

y an

d So

ns, 1

990

2.

S.A

. Nas

ar, S

chau

m’s

Out

line

of E

lect

ric M

achi

nes

and

Elec

trom

echa

nics

. NY

: M

acm

illan

Pub

lishi

ng C

ompa

ny, 1

998

  

AI - 31

Page 75: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

  

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

EE30

03C

Subj

ect T

itle

Pow

er E

lect

roni

cs a

nd D

rives

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

3

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

1.

To u

nder

stan

d th

e ch

arac

teris

tics a

nd o

pera

tion

of p

ower

ele

ctro

nics

dev

ices

.

2.

To e

xpos

e th

e st

uden

ts t

o th

e co

nver

sion

and

util

izat

ion

of l

arge

am

ount

of

elec

trica

l po

wer

usi

ng l

ates

t po

wer

sem

icon

duct

or d

evic

es a

nd m

oder

n co

ntro

l te

chni

ques

.

3.

To e

nsur

e th

e st

uden

ts d

evel

op a

n un

ders

tand

ing

of v

ario

us d

rive

syst

ems.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

:

a.

Be

able

to e

xpla

in b

oth

verb

ally

and

in w

ritte

n fo

rm m

ajor

sem

icon

duct

or d

evic

es

that

can

be

used

as

switc

hes,

and

thei

r el

ectri

cal

char

acte

ristic

s w

hich

inc

lude

ba

sic

idea

lised

m

odel

s as

w

ell

as

exte

nsio

n to

so

me

impo

rtant

no

n-id

eal

char

acte

ristic

s.

b.

Be

able

to e

xpla

in th

e pr

oces

ses

of e

ffic

ient

ene

rgy

conv

ersi

on th

roug

h th

e us

e of

po

wer

sem

icon

duct

or sw

itche

s.

c.

Be

able

to a

pply

the

conc

epts

of s

witc

hing

pow

er c

onve

rsio

n to

ana

lyse

a v

arie

ty

of c

ircui

ts in

clud

ing:

i. D

C to

DC

con

vers

ion

ii.

AC

to D

C c

onve

rsio

n

iii.

DC

to A

C c

onve

rsio

n

d.

Be

able

to p

rese

nt th

e re

sults

of s

tudy

and

exp

erim

ents

in th

e fo

rm o

f a te

chni

cal

repo

rt.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1.

Pow

er e

lect

roni

cs f

unda

men

tals

: po

wer

con

vers

ion,

ene

rgy

bala

nce

prin

cipl

e,

revi

ew o

f fun

dam

enta

ls.

2.

Pow

er s

emic

ondu

ctor

dev

ices

: D

iode

s, Po

wer

Tra

nsis

tor,

MO

SFET

, SC

R, G

TO,

IGB

T, sw

itchi

ng c

hara

cter

istic

s.

3.

DC

-DC

con

vert

ers:

Buc

k, B

oost

and

Buc

k-B

oost

DC

-DC

Con

verte

r, D

uty

Cyc

le

Con

trolle

r, Sw

itche

d M

ode

Pow

er S

uppl

y.

4.

AC

-DC

rec

tifie

rs:

Unc

ontro

lled

and

cont

rolle

d si

ngle

-pha

se a

nd t

hree

-pha

se

rect

ifier

s, te

rmin

al c

hara

cter

istic

s, su

pply

and

load

inte

ract

ions

.

5.

DC

/AC

inv

erte

rs:

Bas

ic S

ingl

e-ph

ase

brid

ge i

nver

ters

, vo

ltage

and

fre

quen

cy

  

cont

rol,

harm

onic

redu

ctio

n.

6.

Ele

ctri

c dr

ive

syst

ems:

Int

rodu

ctio

n to

ele

ctric

driv

es s

yste

m,

appl

icat

ions

for

co

nser

vatio

n of

ene

rgy,

dc

elec

tric

driv

es.

Lab

orat

ory

Exp

erim

ent:

DC

/DC

Buc

k C

onve

rter,

Intro

duct

ion

to S

CR

circ

uits

, PS

PIC

E si

mul

atio

n of

SC

R

Brid

ge.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Lect

ures

and

tuto

rials

are

eff

ectiv

e te

achi

ng m

etho

ds:

1.

To p

rovi

de a

n ov

ervi

ew o

r out

line

of th

e su

bjec

t.

2.

To in

trodu

ce n

ew c

once

pts a

nd k

now

ledg

e to

the

stud

ents

.

3.

To e

xpla

in d

iffic

ult i

deas

and

con

cept

s of t

he su

bjec

t.

4.

To m

otiv

ate

and

stim

ulat

e st

uden

ts in

tere

st.

5.

To p

rovi

de st

uden

ts fe

edba

ck in

rela

tion

to th

eir l

earn

ing.

6.

To e

ncou

rage

stu

dent

s re

spon

sibi

lity

for

thei

r le

arni

ng b

y ex

tra r

efer

ence

boo

ks

read

ing

and

com

pute

r-ba

sed

circ

uit s

imul

atio

ns.

Labo

rato

ry w

orks

is a

n es

sent

ial i

ngre

dien

t of t

his s

ubje

ct:

1.

To su

pple

men

t the

lect

urin

g m

ater

ials

.

2.

To a

dd re

al e

xper

ienc

e fo

r the

stud

ents

.

3.

To p

rovi

de d

eep

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

the

subj

ect.

4.

To e

nabl

e st

uden

ts to

org

anis

e pr

inci

ple

and

chal

leng

e id

eas.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

Out

com

es

a b

c d

Lect

ures

√ √

Tuto

rials

√ √

Expe

rimen

ts

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

a b

c d

AI - 32

Page 76: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

  

1. E

xam

inat

ion

60%

√ √

2. C

lass

test

s 30

%

√ √

3. L

abor

ator

y pe

rform

ance

& re

ports

10

%

√ √

Tota

l 10

0%

The

unde

rsta

ndin

g on

the

oret

ical

prin

cipl

e an

d pr

actic

al c

onsi

dera

tions

, an

alyt

ical

sk

ills

and

prob

lem

sol

ving

tec

hniq

ue w

ill b

e ev

alua

ted.

Exa

min

atio

n, c

lass

tes

ts,

labo

rato

ry s

ectio

ns a

nd r

epor

ts a

re a

n in

tegr

ated

app

roac

h to

val

idly

ass

ess

stud

ents

’ pe

rfor

man

ce w

ith re

spec

t to

the

inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e/Tu

toria

l 36

Hrs

.

La

bora

tory

12

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

La

bora

tory

pre

para

tion/

repo

rt 12

Hrs

.

Se

lf-st

udy

45 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

10

5 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s T

extb

ooks

:

1.

Ned

. M

ohan

, To

re

M.

Und

elan

d,

Will

iam

P.

R

obbi

ns,

Pow

er

Elec

troni

cs:

Con

verte

rs, A

pplic

atio

ns &

Des

ign,

3rd

Edi

tion,

Wile

y, 2

003

2.

Muh

amm

ad H

. Ras

hid,

Pow

er E

lect

roni

cs: C

ircui

ts, D

evic

es a

nd A

pplic

atio

ns, 3

rd

Editi

on, P

rent

ice

Hal

l, 20

04

Ref

eren

ce b

ooks

:

1.

Bim

al K

. Bos

e, P

ower

Ele

ctro

nics

and

Var

iabl

e Fr

eque

ncy

Dri

ves:

Tec

hnol

ogy

and

Appl

icat

ions

, IEE

E Pr

ess 1

997

2.

Phili

p T.

Kre

in, E

lem

ents

of P

ower

Ele

ctro

nics

, Oxf

ord

Uni

vers

ity P

ress

, 199

8 3.

R

. Kris

hnan

, Ele

ctri

c M

otor

Dri

ves:

Mod

elin

g, A

naly

sis,

and

Con

trol

, Pre

ntic

e-H

all,

2001

4.

N

ed.

Moh

an,

Elec

tric

D

rive

s:

an

Inte

grat

ive

Appr

oach

, M

inne

sota

Po

wer

El

ectro

nics

Res

earc

h &

Edu

catio

n, 2

003

5.

P.C

. Se

n, P

rinc

iple

s of

Ele

ctri

c M

achi

nes

and

Pow

er E

lect

roni

cs,

2nd E

ditio

n,

Wile

y, 1

996

6.

W.

Shep

herd

, Po

wer

Ele

ctro

nics

and

Mot

or C

ontr

ol,

2nd E

ditio

n, C

ambr

idge

U

nive

rsity

Pre

ss, 1

996

  

AI - 33

Page 77: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

EE30

09C

Subj

ect T

itle

Elec

trica

l Ser

vice

s in

Bui

ldin

gs

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

3

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

1.

To e

nabl

e st

uden

ts to

und

erst

and

the

maj

or d

esig

n fe

atur

es, o

pera

ting

char

acte

ristic

s an

d fu

nctio

ns o

f ele

ctric

al a

nd e

lect

roni

c eq

uipm

ent u

sed

in b

uild

ing

serv

ices

. 2.

To

ena

ble

stud

ents

to im

plem

ent t

echn

ical

dat

a, re

gula

tions

, sta

ndar

ds a

nd g

uida

nce

note

s pr

epar

ed b

y st

atut

ory

bodi

es in

the

desi

gn o

f re

liabl

e, s

afe

and

effic

ient

ele

ctric

al p

ower

di

strib

utio

n, l

ight

ning

pro

tect

ion,

ver

tical

tran

spor

tatio

n, li

ghtin

g an

d fir

e fig

htin

g sy

stem

s in

bui

ldin

gs.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

:

a.

Be

able

to

plan

eff

icie

nt,

safe

and

hig

h qu

ality

dis

tribu

tion

syst

ems

for

dom

estic

, co

mm

erci

al a

nd in

dust

rial b

uild

ings

. b.

B

e pr

ofic

ient

to a

sses

s th

e su

itabi

lity

of d

iffer

ent v

ertic

al tr

ansp

orta

tion

syst

ems

and

fire

fight

ing

syst

ems f

or a

bui

ldin

g.

c.

Be

able

to d

esig

n an

d ev

alua

te th

e ef

fect

iven

ess o

f lig

htni

ng p

rote

ctio

n sy

stem

s. d.

B

e ab

le to

inte

grat

e th

e lig

htin

g re

quire

men

ts a

nd o

pera

ting

char

acte

ristic

s of

ligh

t sou

rces

to

the

desi

gn o

f int

erio

r lig

htin

g an

d ex

terio

r lig

htin

g.

e.

Be

able

to se

arch

for i

nfor

mat

ion

in so

lvin

g te

chni

cal p

robl

ems.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1.

Pow

er d

istr

ibut

ion

in b

uild

ings

: Sy

stem

pla

nnin

g. I

ncom

ing

supp

ly a

rran

gem

ent

for

dom

estic

, co

mm

erci

al a

nd i

ndus

trial

ins

talla

tions

. E

cono

mic

s of

HV

/LV

dis

tribu

tions

. Ta

riffs

, max

imum

dem

and,

load

fac

tors

and

div

ersit

y. E

arth

ing

syst

ems.

App

licat

ions

of

stan

dby

gene

rato

r set

s and

uni

nter

rupt

ible

pow

er su

pplie

s. 2.

R

equi

rem

ents

for

saf

e de

sign

: O

verv

iew

of

Supp

ly R

ules

and

Reg

ulat

ions

. El

ectri

c sh

ock,

ove

rcur

rent

and

ear

th f

ault

prot

ectio

n.

Fuse

, M

CB

, M

CC

B,

AC

B d

esig

n an

d se

lect

ion

crite

ria.

Co-

ordi

natio

n of

pro

tect

ion

syst

ems.

Cab

le a

nd w

iring

syst

ems d

esig

n.

3.

Inte

rfer

ence

and

pow

er q

ualit

y: I

nsta

llatio

n re

quire

men

ts, g

roup

ing,

int

erfe

renc

e, n

oise

su

ppre

ssio

n an

d po

wer

sup

ply

in c

omm

unic

atio

n sy

stem

s. El

ectro

mag

netic

com

patib

ility

. H

arm

onic

s and

vol

tage

dip

s iss

ues.

4.

Ligh

tnin

g pr

otec

tion

syst

ems:

Li

ghtn

ing

phen

omen

a.

Estim

atio

n of

ex

posu

re

risk.

R

equi

rem

ents

for

sys

tem

com

pone

nts.

Sta

ndar

ds f

or p

rote

ctio

n of

stru

ctur

es a

gain

st

light

ning

. 5.

V

ertic

al tr

ansp

orta

tion

syst

ems:

Lift

. Hoi

st a

nd e

scal

ator

driv

es. S

afet

y re

quire

men

ts a

nd

driv

e ch

arac

teris

tics.

Gra

de o

f ser

vice

and

roun

d tri

p tim

e.

6.

Ligh

ting:

Cha

ract

eris

tics

of li

ght s

ourc

es.

Cla

ssifi

catio

n of

lum

inar

ies.

Lig

htin

g co

ntro

l.

Inte

rior l

ight

ing

desi

gn. G

lare

inde

x ca

lcul

atio

n. C

olor

rend

erin

g. U

tiliz

atio

n of

day

light

. Ex

terio

r lig

htin

g de

sign

.

7.

Fir

e F

ight

ing

Syst

ems:

Out

line,

regu

latio

ns, r

equi

rem

ents

and

com

pone

nts o

f fire

figh

ting

syst

ems.

Fire

sprin

kler

syst

ems.

Hea

t and

smok

e de

tect

or sy

stem

s. Fi

re-f

ight

ing

gase

s. C

ase

Stud

y:

1.

Dis

tribu

tion

syst

ems d

esig

n fo

r typ

ical

bui

ldin

gs in

Hon

g K

ong

2.

App

licat

ions

of O

verc

urre

nt a

nd e

arth

faul

t pro

tect

ion

3.

C

o-or

dina

tion

of v

ario

us ty

pes o

f pro

tect

ive

devi

ces

4.

Elec

trica

l pow

er q

ualit

y is

sues

in b

uild

ing

serv

ices

5.

Ligh

tnin

g pr

otec

tion

syst

ems d

esig

n 6.

In

terio

r lig

htin

g an

d ex

terio

r lig

htin

g de

sign

s 7.

Fi

re p

rote

ctio

n fo

r dom

estic

, com

mer

cial

and

indu

stria

l bui

ldin

gs

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

In l

ectu

res

and

tuto

rials

, m

ater

ials

tha

t em

phas

ize

prac

tical

pro

blem

-sol

ving

met

hods

are

ba

lanc

ed w

ith m

ater

ials

that

em

phas

ize

fund

amen

tal u

nder

stan

ding

. Stu

dent

s ar

e ex

pect

ed to

ta

ke i

nitia

tive

to l

earn

thr

ough

the

pro

cess

of

enga

gem

ent

and

parti

cipa

tion

in l

ectu

res

and

tuto

rial s

essi

ons.

Prac

tical

des

igns

use

d in

indu

stry,

whe

re a

ppro

pria

te, a

re d

iscus

sed

inte

ract

ivel

y in

cla

ss.

Min

i-Pro

ject

s ar

e us

ed t

o en

hanc

e st

uden

ts l

earn

ing

expe

rienc

es a

nd p

ract

ical

ap

plic

atio

ns.

They

pr

ovid

e st

uden

ts

with

th

e op

portu

nity

to

de

velo

p in

depe

nden

t de

sign

/pla

nnin

g an

d te

chni

cal r

epor

t writ

ing

skill

s per

tinen

t to

the

field

of e

lect

rical

serv

ices

in

build

ings

. Te

achi

ng/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

O

utco

mes

a

bc

d e

Lect

ures

√√

√√

Tu

toria

ls√

√√

Min

i-pro

ject

s√

√√

√ √

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

wei

ghtin

g In

tend

ed su

bjec

t lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es to

be

asse

ssed

ab

cd

e

1. E

xam

inat

ion

60%

√√

√√

2.

Cla

ss T

est/Q

uiz

25%

√√

√√

3.

Min

i-pro

ject

& re

port

15%

√√

√√

Tota

l 10

0%

The

subj

ect

outc

omes

on

plan

ning

, des

ign,

eff

ectiv

enes

s ev

alua

tion

of e

lect

rical

ser

vice

s in

bu

ildin

gs a

re a

sses

sed

by m

eans

of

exam

inat

ion,

qui

zzes

and

tes

ts.

The

outc

omes

on

engi

neer

ing

skill

s, ap

plic

atio

ns, p

robl

em s

olvi

ng te

chni

ques

, as

wel

l as

tech

nica

l writ

ing,

are

ev

alua

ted

by m

ini-p

roje

ct a

nd re

ports

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e/Tu

toria

l 42

Hou

rs

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

M

ini-p

roje

ct d

iscu

ssio

n/re

port

20 H

ours

Se

lf-st

udy

43 H

ours

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

10

5 H

ours

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s T

extb

ooks

and

Ref

eren

ce b

ooks

: 1.

R

. Bar

rie, D

esig

n of

Ele

ctric

al S

ervi

ces f

or B

uild

ings

, Spo

n Pr

ess,

4th E

ditio

n, 2

005

2.

G. S

toke

s, H

andb

ook

of E

lect

rical

Ins

talla

tion

Prac

tice,

Bla

ckw

ell S

cien

tific

Pub

licat

ion,

4th

Ed.

, 200

3 3.

G

.C. B

arne

y, E

leva

tor T

raff

ic H

andb

ook:

The

ory

and

Prac

tice,

Spo

n Pr

ess,

2003

4.

J.R

. Coa

ton,

Lam

ps a

nd L

ight

ing,

Wile

y, 1

997

5.

F. H

all,

Bui

ldin

g Se

rvic

es H

andb

ook,

Rou

tledg

e , 7

th E

ditio

n, 2

013

6.

D.C

. Prit

char

d, L

ight

ing,

Lon

gman

, 6th

Edi

tion

1999

AI - 34

Page 78: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

ELC

1007

Subj

ect T

itle

Uni

vers

ity E

nglis

h fo

r Hig

her D

iplo

ma

Stud

ents

I

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

NIL

Obj

ectiv

es

This

subj

ect a

ims t

o he

lp h

ighe

r dip

lom

a st

uden

ts e

nter

ing

with

HK

DSE

En

glis

h La

ngua

ge L

evel

2 to

stud

y ef

fect

ivel

y in

an

Engl

ish

med

ium

terti

ary

lear

ning

env

ironm

ent,

and

to a

cqui

re a

cade

mic

Eng

lish

skill

s to

enab

le th

em to

fu

rther

thei

r stu

dies

at u

nive

rsity

.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n su

cces

sful

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

:

a.

refe

r to

acad

emic

sour

ces i

n w

ritte

n te

xts a

nd o

ral p

rese

ntat

ions

by

usin

g

pa

raph

rasi

ng a

nd su

mm

aris

ing

skill

s b.

se

lect

app

ropr

iate

voc

abul

ary

and

gram

mar

to a

chie

ve a

n ac

adem

ic st

yle

c.

plan

, writ

e an

d re

vise

writ

ten

text

s with

refe

renc

e to

sour

ces

To a

chie

ve th

e ab

ove

outc

omes

, stu

dent

s are

exp

ecte

d to

use

lang

uage

and

text

st

ruct

ure

appr

opria

te to

the

cont

ext,

sele

ct in

form

atio

n cr

itica

lly, a

nd p

rese

nt

info

rmat

ion

logi

cally

and

coh

eren

tly.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1. W

ritte

n co

mm

unic

atio

n A

naly

sing

and

pra

ctis

ing

com

mon

writ

ing

func

tions

; im

prov

ing

the

abili

ty o

f w

ritin

g to

pic

sent

ence

s and

em

ploy

ing

appr

opria

te st

rate

gies

for p

arag

raph

de

velo

pmen

t; un

ders

tand

ing

com

mon

pat

tern

s of o

rgan

isat

ion

in a

cade

mic

w

ritin

g; ta

king

not

es fr

om w

ritte

n an

d sp

oken

sour

ces;

pra

ctis

ing

sum

mar

isin

g an

d pa

raph

rasi

ng sk

ills;

impr

ovin

g co

here

nce

and

cohe

sion

in w

ritin

g;

deve

lopi

ng re

visi

on a

nd p

roof

read

ing

skill

s.

2. S

poke

n co

mm

unic

atio

n R

ecog

nisi

ng th

e di

ffer

ence

s bet

wee

n sp

oken

and

writ

ten

com

mun

icat

ion

in

Engl

ish

in u

nive

rsity

stud

y co

ntex

ts; i

dent

ifyin

g an

d pr

actis

ing

verb

al a

nd n

on-

verb

al in

tera

ctio

n st

rate

gies

in a

cade

mic

ora

l pre

sent

atio

ns.

3. L

angu

age

deve

lopm

ent

Impr

ovin

g an

d ex

tend

ing

rele

vant

feat

ures

of g

ram

mar

, voc

abul

ary

and

pron

unci

atio

n; d

evel

opin

g ap

prop

riate

aca

dem

ic re

adin

g an

d lis

teni

ng sk

ills.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

a c

ombi

natio

n of

sem

inar

, sel

f-ac

cess

wor

k an

d on

line

lear

ning

. Fo

llow

ing

a bl

ende

d de

liver

y ap

proa

ch, a

ctiv

ities

incl

ude

teac

her

inpu

t as w

ell a

s in-

and

out

-of-

clas

s wor

k an

d on

line

lear

ning

. St

uden

ts m

ake

use

of e

lear

ning

reso

urce

s to

furth

er im

prov

e th

eir p

rofic

ienc

y an

d ac

adem

ic

Engl

ish

skill

s. Le

arni

ng m

ater

ials

dev

elop

ed b

y th

e En

glis

h La

ngua

ge C

entre

are

use

d th

roug

hout

the

cour

se.

Stud

ents

will

be

refe

rred

to le

arni

ng re

sour

ces o

n th

e In

tern

et a

nd in

the

ELC

’s C

entre

for I

ndep

ende

nt L

angu

age

Lear

ning

. A

dditi

onal

refe

renc

e m

ater

ials

will

be

reco

mm

ende

d as

requ

ired.

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

(Not

e 4)

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

wei

ghtin

g In

tend

ed su

bjec

t lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es to

be

asse

ssed

(P

leas

e tic

k as

app

ropr

iate

)

a b

c

1. A

cade

mic

ora

l

pr

esen

tatio

n 40

%

2. S

hort

acad

emic

text

s 30

%

3. A

cade

mic

exp

osito

ry

essa

y 30

%

Tota

l 10

0%

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

In o

rder

for s

tude

nts t

o pr

esen

t an

effe

ctiv

e ac

adem

ic o

ral p

rese

ntat

ion

with

re

fere

nce

to so

urce

s in

Ass

essm

ent 1

, the

y w

ill n

eed

to re

ad a

nd e

mpl

oy a

va

riety

of s

ourc

es (r

ef. L

Os (

a) a

nd (b

)).

Ass

essm

ent 2

dem

onst

rate

s ac

hiev

emen

t of L

O (b

) for

stud

ents

to p

lan,

writ

e an

d re

vise

a sh

ort a

cade

mic

te

xt. A

sses

smen

t 3 n

eces

sita

tes a

chie

vem

ent o

f all

LOs i

n or

der t

o w

rite

an

effe

ctiv

e ac

adem

ic e

xpos

itory

ess

ay w

ith re

fere

nce

to so

urce

s.

In a

dditi

on to

thes

e as

sess

men

ts, s

tude

nts a

re re

quire

d to

com

plet

e fu

rther

la

ngua

ge tr

aini

ng, t

hrou

gh w

eb-b

ased

lang

uage

wor

k, re

adin

g ta

sks a

nd o

nlin

e re

flect

ions

. Th

e ad

ditio

nal l

angu

age

train

ing

offe

red

in o

nlin

e ta

sks i

s alig

ned

with

all

the

thre

e LO

s. T

hey

requ

ire st

uden

ts to

crit

ical

ly re

ad a

nd su

mm

aris

e in

form

atio

n co

ntai

ned

in a

var

iety

of s

ourc

es, a

s req

uire

d in

LO

s (a)

and

(b).

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ars

42 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

84 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

1

26 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s C

ours

e m

ater

ial

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre

Reco

mm

ende

d re

fere

nces

B

oyle

, J. &

Boy

le, L

. (19

98).

Com

mon

Spo

ken

Engl

ish

Erro

rs in

Hon

g K

ong.

H

ong

Kon

g: L

ongm

an.

Hun

g, T

. T. N

. (20

05).

Und

erst

andi

ng E

nglis

h gr

amm

ar: A

cou

rse

book

for

C

hine

se le

arne

rs o

f Eng

lish.

Hon

g K

ong:

Hon

g K

ong

Uni

vers

ity P

ress

. M

cWho

rter,

K. T

. (20

12).

The

succ

essf

ul w

rite

r's h

andb

ook.

(2nd

ed.

). B

osto

n,

MA

: Lo

ngm

an.

Tem

plet

on, M

. (2

010)

. Pub

lic sp

eaki

ng a

nd p

rese

ntat

ions

dem

ystif

ied.

New

Y

ork,

NY

: McG

raw

-Hill

. Zw

ier,

L. J.

(200

2). B

uild

ing

acad

emic

voc

abul

ary.

Ann

Arb

or, M

I: U

nive

rsity

of

Mic

higa

n Pr

ess.

AI - 35

Page 79: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

ELC

1008

Subj

ect T

itle

Uni

vers

ity E

nglis

h fo

r Hig

her D

iplo

ma

Stud

ents

II

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o -re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

ELC

1007

Uni

vers

ity E

nglis

h fo

r Hig

her D

iplo

ma

Stud

ents

I

Obj

ectiv

es

This

subj

ect a

ims t

o he

lp h

ighe

r dip

lom

a st

uden

ts e

nter

ing

with

HK

DSE

En

glis

h La

ngua

ge L

evel

2 to

stud

y ef

fect

ivel

y in

an

Engl

ish

med

ium

terti

ary

lear

ning

env

ironm

ent,

and

to e

nhan

ce th

eir p

rofic

ienc

y an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n sk

ills i

n En

glis

h.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n su

cces

sful

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

: a.

pla

n, w

rite

and

revi

se d

iscu

rsiv

e es

says

and

repo

rts

b. r

efer

to so

urce

s in

writ

ten

text

s by

usin

g su

mm

aris

ing,

par

aphr

asin

g an

d sy

nthe

sisi

ng sk

ills

c. u

se a

ppro

pria

te v

erba

l and

non

-ver

bal s

kills

in sp

oken

com

mun

icat

ion

in a

gr

oup

cont

ext

To a

chie

ve th

e ab

ove

outc

omes

, stu

dent

s are

exp

ecte

d to

use

lang

uage

and

text

st

ruct

ure

appr

opria

te to

the

cont

ext,

sele

ct in

form

atio

n cr

itica

lly, a

nd p

rese

nt

info

rmat

ion

logi

cally

and

coh

eren

tly.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1. W

ritte

n co

mm

unic

atio

n Fu

rther

dev

elop

ing

the

abili

ty o

f writ

ing

succ

inct

topi

c se

nten

ces a

nd

empl

oyin

g ap

prop

riate

stra

tegi

es fo

r par

agra

ph d

evel

opm

ent;

usin

g fin

ding

s to

writ

e ef

fect

ive

repo

rts w

ith c

lear

reco

mm

enda

tions

and

con

clus

ions

; tak

ing

effe

ctiv

e no

tes f

rom

writ

ten

and

spok

en so

urce

s; fu

rther

dev

elop

ing

the

skill

s ne

eded

for e

ffec

tive

use

of so

urce

s in

writ

ten

text

s; fu

rther

ext

endi

ng c

oher

ence

an

d co

hesi

on in

writ

ing;

revi

sing

and

pro

ofre

adin

g ef

fect

ivel

y.

2. S

poke

n co

mm

unic

atio

n Fu

rther

dev

elop

ing

the

verb

al a

nd n

on-v

erba

l stra

tegi

es in

ora

l int

erac

tions

; de

velo

ping

and

app

lyin

g cr

itica

l thi

nkin

g sk

ills t

o di

scus

sion

s of i

ssue

s. 3.

Lan

guag

e de

velo

pmen

t Fu

rther

impr

ovin

g an

d ex

tend

ing

rele

vant

feat

ures

of g

ram

mar

, voc

abul

ary

and

pron

unci

atio

n; e

xten

ding

app

ropr

iate

read

ing

and

liste

ning

skill

s.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

a c

ombi

natio

n of

sem

inar

, sel

f-ac

cess

wor

k an

d on

line

lear

ning

. Fo

llow

ing

a bl

ende

d de

liver

y ap

proa

ch, a

ctiv

ities

incl

ude

teac

her

inpu

t as w

ell a

s in-

and

out

-of-

clas

s wor

k an

d on

line

lear

ning

. St

uden

ts m

ake

use

of e

lear

ning

reso

urce

s to

furth

er im

prov

e th

eir p

rofic

ienc

y an

d ac

adem

ic

Engl

ish

skill

s. Le

arni

ng m

ater

ials

dev

elop

ed b

y th

e En

glis

h La

ngua

ge C

entre

are

use

d th

roug

hout

the

cour

se.

Stud

ents

will

be

refe

rred

to le

arni

ng re

sour

ces o

n th

e

Inte

rnet

and

in th

e EL

C’s

Cen

tre fo

r Ind

epen

dent

Lan

guag

e Le

arni

ng.

Add

ition

al re

fere

nce

mat

eria

ls w

ill b

e re

com

men

ded

as re

quire

d.

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

wei

ghtin

g In

tend

ed su

bjec

t lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es to

be

asse

ssed

(P

leas

e tic

k as

app

ropr

iate

)

a b

c

1. E

xten

ded

acad

emic

es

say

30

%

2. R

epor

t with

refe

renc

e to

fin

ding

s and

sour

ces

30%

3. G

roup

dis

cuss

ion

40%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

Ass

essm

ents

1an

d 2

nece

ssita

te a

chie

vem

ent o

f LO

s (a)

and

(b) i

n or

der f

or

stud

ents

to w

rite

an e

ffec

tive

exte

nded

ess

ay a

nd re

port.

Ass

essm

ent 3

requ

ires

stud

ents

to d

emon

stra

te th

eir a

chie

vem

ent o

f LO

(c).

In a

dditi

on to

thes

e as

sess

men

ts, s

tude

nts a

re re

quire

d to

com

plet

e fu

rther

la

ngua

ge tr

aini

ng, t

hrou

gh w

eb-b

ased

lang

uage

wor

k, re

adin

g ta

sks a

nd o

nlin

e re

flect

ions

. Th

e ad

ditio

nal l

angu

age

train

ing

offe

red

in o

nlin

e ta

sks i

s alig

ned

with

all

the

thre

e LO

s.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ars

42 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

84 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

1

26 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s C

ours

e m

ater

ial

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre

Reco

mm

ende

d re

fere

nces

B

ullo

ck, R

. & W

einb

erg,

F. (

2001

). Th

e lit

tle se

agul

l han

dboo

k. N

ew Y

ork,

N

.Y.:

W.W

. Nor

ton

& C

o.

Engl

eber

g, I.

(201

3). T

hink

: Pub

lic sp

eaki

ng. B

osto

n, M

A: P

ears

on.

Hun

g, T

. T. N

. (20

05).

Und

erst

andi

ng E

nglis

h gr

amm

ar: a

cou

rse

book

for

Chi

nese

lear

ners

of E

nglis

h. H

ong

Kon

g: H

ong

Kon

g U

nive

rsity

Pre

ss.

Park

er, G

. M. &

Hof

fman

, R. (

2006

). M

eetin

g ex

celle

nce:

33

tool

s to

lead

m

eetin

gs th

at g

et re

sults

. San

Fra

ncis

co, C

A: J

osse

y-B

ass.

AI - 36

Page 80: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

July 201

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

ELC

1011

Subj

ect T

itle

Prac

tical

Eng

lish

for U

nive

rsity

Stu

dies

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

This

subj

ect a

ims t

o de

velo

p an

d en

hanc

e st

uden

ts’ g

ener

al p

rofic

ienc

y an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n sk

ills i

n En

glis

h. A

stro

ng fo

cus w

ill b

e gi

ven

to e

nhan

cing

co

mpe

tenc

e an

d co

nfid

ence

in g

ram

mar

, voc

abul

ary,

pro

nunc

iatio

n an

d flu

ency

.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n su

cces

sful

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

: a.

use

a v

arie

ty o

f stra

tegi

es to

com

preh

end

mea

ning

and

mes

sage

s of a

rang

e of

writ

ten

and

spok

en te

xts

b. o

rgan

ise

and

writ

e ac

cura

te a

nd c

oher

ent s

hort

text

s c.

use

app

ropr

iate

ver

bal a

nd n

on-v

erba

l ski

lls in

spok

en c

omm

unic

atio

n

To a

chie

ve th

e ab

ove

outc

omes

, stu

dent

s are

exp

ecte

d to

use

lang

uage

and

text

st

ruct

ure

appr

opria

te to

the

cont

ext,

sele

ct in

form

atio

n cr

itica

lly, a

nd p

rese

nt

thei

r vie

ws l

ogic

ally

and

coh

eren

tly.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1. W

ritte

n co

mm

unic

atio

n En

hanc

ing

the

use

of a

ccur

ate

and

appr

opria

te g

ram

mat

ical

stru

ctur

es a

nd

voca

bula

ry fo

r var

ious

com

mun

icat

ive

purp

oses

; im

prov

ing

the

abili

ty to

or

gani

se w

ritte

n te

xts l

ogic

ally

; and

impr

ovin

g co

hesi

on a

nd c

oher

ence

in

writ

ing.

2.

Spo

ken

com

mun

icat

ion

Dev

elop

ing

verb

al a

nd n

on-v

erba

l int

erac

tion

stra

tegi

es a

ppro

pria

te to

the

cont

ext a

nd le

vel o

f for

mal

ity.

3. R

eadi

ng a

nd li

sten

ing

U

nder

stan

ding

the

cont

ent a

nd st

ruct

ure

of in

form

atio

n de

liver

ed in

writ

ten

and

spok

en te

xts;

dev

elop

ing

effe

ctiv

e re

adin

g an

d lis

teni

ng st

rate

gies

; and

usi

ng

stud

y to

ols s

uch

as d

ictio

narie

s to

obta

in le

xica

l and

pho

nolo

gica

l inf

orm

atio

n.

4. L

angu

age

deve

lopm

ent

Impr

ovin

g an

d ex

tend

ing

rele

vant

feat

ures

of g

ram

mar

, voc

abul

ary,

pr

onun

ciat

ion

and

fluen

cy.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

prim

arily

sem

inar

-bas

ed.

Follo

win

g a

blen

ded

deliv

ery

appr

oach

, act

iviti

es in

clud

e te

ache

r inp

ut a

s wel

l as i

n- a

nd o

ut-o

f-cl

ass

indi

vidu

al a

nd g

roup

wor

k in

volv

ing

draf

ting

of te

xts,

info

rmat

ion

sear

ch, m

ini-

pres

enta

tions

and

dis

cuss

ions

. St

uden

ts w

ill m

ake

use

of e

lear

ning

reso

urce

s an

d w

eb-b

ased

wor

k to

impr

ove

thei

r gra

mm

ar a

nd v

ocab

ular

y, a

nd o

ther

la

ngua

ge sk

ills.

July 201

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre a

re u

sed

thro

ugho

ut th

e co

urse

. St

uden

ts w

ill b

e re

ferr

ed to

lear

ning

reso

urce

s on

the

Inte

rnet

and

in th

e EL

C’s

Cen

tre fo

r Ind

epen

dent

Lan

guag

e Le

arni

ng.

Add

ition

al re

fere

nce

mat

eria

ls w

ill b

e re

com

men

ded

as re

quire

d.

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

wei

ghtin

g In

tend

ed su

bjec

t lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es to

be

asse

ssed

(P

leas

e tic

k as

app

ropr

iate

)

a b

c

1. In

-cla

ss g

ram

mar

and

vo

cabu

lary

test

s 25

%

2. O

ral a

sses

smen

t 40

%

3. W

ritin

g as

sess

men

t 35

%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

The

in-c

lass

test

s, w

hich

ass

ess s

tude

nts’

gra

mm

ar a

nd v

ocab

ular

y an

d th

eir

abili

ty, n

eces

sita

te a

chie

vem

ent o

f LO

s (a)

and

(b).

The

ora

l as

sess

men

t ass

esse

s stu

dent

s’ a

bilit

y to

spea

k ac

cura

tely

, app

ropr

iate

ly a

nd

conf

iden

tly.

Stud

ents

will

nee

d to

rese

arch

a to

pic,

org

anis

e in

form

atio

n fr

om a

va

riety

of s

ourc

es, a

nd p

rese

nt th

e in

form

atio

n as

a d

igita

l sto

ry (r

ef. L

Os (

a)

and

(c))

. Th

e w

ritin

g as

sess

men

t eva

luat

es st

uden

ts' a

bilit

y w

rite

a lo

nger

text

in

acc

urat

e an

d ap

prop

riate

gra

mm

atic

al st

ruct

ures

(ref

. Los

(a) a

nd (b

)).

In a

dditi

on to

thes

e as

sess

men

ts, s

tude

nts a

re re

quire

d to

com

plet

e fu

rther

la

ngua

ge tr

aini

ng th

roug

h w

eb-b

ased

lang

uage

wor

k. T

he a

dditi

onal

lang

uage

tra

inin

g of

fere

d in

onl

ine

task

s is a

ligne

d w

ith a

ll th

e th

ree

LOs a

nd c

orre

spon

ds

to th

eir l

earn

ing

in c

lass

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ar

42 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf-st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

84 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

12

6 H

rs.

AI - 37

Page 81: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

July 201

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s C

ours

e m

ater

ial

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre

Reco

mm

ende

d re

fere

nces

B

oyle

, J. &

Boy

le, L

. (19

98).

Com

mon

Spo

ken

Engl

ish

Erro

rs in

Hon

g K

ong.

H

ong

Kon

g: L

ongm

an.

Bra

nnan

, B

. (2

003)

. A

wri

ter’

s w

orks

hop:

Cra

fting

par

agra

phs,

build

ing

essa

ys. B

osto

n: M

cGra

w-H

ill.

Han

cock

, M

. (2

003)

. En

glis

h pr

onun

ciat

ion

in u

se.

Cam

brid

ge:

Cam

brid

ge

Uni

vers

ity P

ress

. N

ettle

, M

. an

d H

opki

ns,

D.

(200

3).

Dev

elop

ing

gram

mar

in

co

ntex

t: In

term

edia

te. C

ambr

idge

: Cam

brid

ge U

nive

rsity

Pre

ss.

Red

man

, S.

(2

003)

. En

glis

h vo

cabu

lary

in

us

e:

Pre-

inte

rmed

iate

an

d in

term

edia

te. C

ambr

idge

: Cam

brid

ge U

nive

rsity

Pre

ss.

AI - 38

Page 82: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

1

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

ELC

1012

/ELC

1013

Subj

ect T

itle

Engl

ish

for U

nive

rsity

Stu

dies

(Thi

s sub

ject

will

be

offe

red

in tw

o ve

rsio

ns fo

r stu

dent

s who

will

prim

arily

be

usin

g (1

) APA

/Har

vard

refe

renc

ing

styl

es o

r (2)

IEEE

/Van

couv

er re

fere

ncin

g st

yles

in th

eir u

nive

rsity

stud

ies.)

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Stud

ents

ent

erin

g th

e U

nive

rsity

with

Lev

el 5

from

the

HK

DSE

will

be

exem

pted

from

this

subj

ect.

The

y ca

n pr

ocee

d to

Adv

ance

d En

glis

h fo

r U

nive

rsity

Stu

dies

(ELC

1014

).

Obj

ectiv

es

This

subj

ect a

ims t

o he

lp st

uden

ts st

udy

effe

ctiv

ely

in th

e U

nive

rsity

’s E

nglis

h m

ediu

m le

arni

ng e

nviro

nmen

t, an

d to

impr

ove

and

deve

lop

thei

r Eng

lish

lang

uage

pro

ficie

ncy

with

in a

fram

ewor

k of

uni

vers

ity st

udy

cont

exts

.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n su

cces

sful

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

:

a.

refe

r to

sour

ces i

n w

ritte

n te

xts a

nd o

ral p

rese

ntat

ions

b.

pa

raph

rase

and

sum

mar

ise

mat

eria

ls fr

om w

ritte

n an

d sp

oken

sour

ces

c.

plan

, writ

e an

d re

vise

exp

osito

ry e

ssay

s with

refe

renc

es to

sour

ces

d.

deliv

er e

ffec

tive

oral

pre

sent

atio

ns

To a

chie

ve th

e ab

ove

outc

omes

, stu

dent

s are

exp

ecte

d to

use

lang

uage

and

text

st

ruct

ure

appr

opria

te to

the

cont

ext,

sele

ct in

form

atio

n cr

itica

lly, a

nd p

rese

nt

info

rmat

ion

logi

cally

and

coh

eren

tly.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1. W

ritte

n co

mm

unic

atio

n A

naly

sing

and

pra

ctis

ing

com

mon

writ

ing

func

tions

; im

prov

ing

the

abili

ty o

f w

ritin

g to

pic

sent

ence

s and

stra

tegi

es fo

r par

agra

ph d

evel

opm

ent;

unde

rsta

ndin

g co

mm

on p

atte

rns o

f org

anis

atio

n in

exp

osito

ry w

ritin

g; ta

king

not

es fr

om

writ

ten

and

spok

en so

urce

s; p

ract

isin

g su

mm

aris

ing

and

para

phra

sing

skill

s;

impr

ovin

g co

here

nce

and

cohe

sion

in w

ritin

g; d

evel

opin

g re

visi

on a

nd

proo

fread

ing

skill

s. 2.

Spo

ken

com

mun

icat

ion

Rec

ogni

sing

the

purp

oses

of a

nd d

iffer

ence

s bet

wee

n sp

oken

and

writ

ten

com

mun

icat

ion

in E

nglis

h in

uni

vers

ity st

udy

cont

exts

; ide

ntify

ing

and

prac

tisin

g th

e ve

rbal

and

non

-ver

bal i

nter

actio

n st

rate

gies

in o

ral p

rese

ntat

ions

; de

velo

ping

and

app

lyin

g cr

itica

l thi

nkin

g sk

ills t

o di

scus

sion

s of i

ssue

s.

3. L

angu

age

deve

lopm

ent

Impr

ovin

g an

d ex

tend

ing

rele

vant

feat

ures

of g

ram

mar

, voc

abul

ary

and

pron

unci

atio

n.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

prim

arily

sem

inar

-bas

ed.

Follo

win

g a

blen

ded

deliv

ery

appr

oach

, act

iviti

es in

clud

e te

ache

r inp

ut a

s wel

l as i

n- a

nd o

ut-o

f-cl

ass

indi

vidu

al a

nd g

roup

wor

k in

volv

ing

draf

ting

and

eval

uatin

g te

xts,

min

i-pr

esen

tatio

ns, d

iscu

ssio

ns a

nd si

mul

atio

ns.

The

proc

ess a

ppro

ach

to w

ritin

g is

ad

opte

d, a

nd st

uden

ts m

ake

use

of e

lear

ning

reso

urce

s to

enga

ge in

aca

dem

ic

disc

ussi

ons a

nd to

refle

ct o

n th

eir l

earn

ing.

2

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre a

re u

sed

thro

ugho

ut th

e co

urse

. St

uden

ts w

ill b

e re

ferr

ed to

lear

ning

reso

urce

s on

the

Inte

rnet

and

in th

e EL

C’s

Cen

tre fo

r Ind

epen

dent

Lan

guag

e Le

arni

ng.

Add

ition

al re

fere

nce

mat

eria

ls w

ill b

e re

com

men

ded

as re

quire

d.

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

wei

ghtin

g In

tend

ed su

bjec

t lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es to

be

asse

ssed

(P

leas

e tic

k as

app

ropr

iate

)

a b

c d

1. A

cade

mic

ess

ay 1

30

%

2. A

cade

mic

ess

ay 2

30

%

3. O

ral p

rese

ntat

ion

40%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

Ass

essm

ents

1 a

nd 2

nec

essi

tate

ach

ieve

men

t of L

Os (

a), (

b) a

nd (c

) in

orde

r to

writ

e an

eff

ectiv

e ac

adem

ic e

ssay

via

the

proc

ess o

f ext

endi

ng a

nd im

prov

ing

the

essa

y fo

r ass

essm

ent 1

. In

ord

er fo

r stu

dent

s to

pres

ent a

n ef

fect

ive

acad

emic

ora

l pre

sent

atio

n, a

s dem

ande

d in

ass

essm

ent 3

, the

y w

ill n

eed

to

read

, not

e an

d sy

nthe

sise

from

a v

arie

ty o

f sou

rces

, and

refe

r to

thos

e so

urce

s in

thei

r pre

sent

atio

n (r

ef. L

Os (

a), (

b) a

nd (d

)).

In a

dditi

on to

thes

e as

sess

men

ts, s

tude

nts a

re re

quire

d to

com

plet

e fu

rther

la

ngua

ge tr

aini

ng, t

hrou

gh w

eb-b

ased

lang

uage

wor

k, re

adin

g ta

sks a

nd o

nlin

e re

flect

ions

. Th

e ad

ditio

nal l

angu

age

train

ing

offe

red

in o

nlin

e ta

sks i

s alig

ned

with

all

the

four

LO

s. In

som

e of

the

task

s, st

uden

ts n

eed

to c

ritic

ally

read

and

su

mm

aris

e in

form

atio

n co

ntai

ned

in a

var

iety

of s

ourc

es, a

s req

uire

d in

LO

s (a)

an

d (b

).

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ars

42 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

84 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

1

26 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s C

ours

e m

ater

ial

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre

Reco

mm

ende

d re

fere

nces

C

omfo

rt, J.

(200

1). E

ffect

ive

pres

enta

tions

. Oxf

ord:

Cor

nels

en &

Oxf

ord

Uni

vers

ity P

ress

. H

ung,

T. T

. N. (

2005

). U

nder

stan

ding

Eng

lish

gram

mar

: A c

ours

e bo

ok fo

r C

hine

se le

arne

rs o

f Eng

lish.

Hon

g K

ong:

Hon

g K

ong

Uni

vers

ity P

ress

. M

cWho

rter,

K. T

. (20

12).

The

succ

essf

ul w

rite

r's h

andb

ook.

(2nd

ed.

). B

osto

n:

Long

man

. Zw

ier,

L. J.

(200

2). B

uild

ing

acad

emic

voc

abul

ary.

Ann

Arb

or, M

I: U

nive

rsity

of

Mic

higa

n Pr

ess.

AI - 39

Page 83: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

8.20

10

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

ELC

1014

Subj

ect T

itle

Adv

ance

d En

glis

h fo

r Uni

vers

ity S

tudi

es

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Pre-

requ

isite

: Eng

lish

for U

nive

rsity

Stu

dies

(ELC

1012

/ELC

1013

) (u

nles

s ex

empt

ed)

Obj

ectiv

es

This

subj

ect a

ims t

o he

lp st

uden

ts st

udy

effe

ctiv

ely

in th

e U

nive

rsity

’s E

nglis

h m

ediu

m le

arni

ng e

nviro

nmen

t, an

d to

impr

ove

and

deve

lop

thei

r Eng

lish

lang

uage

pro

ficie

ncy

with

in a

fram

ewor

k of

uni

vers

ity st

udy

cont

exts

.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(N

ote

1)

Upo

n su

cces

sful

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

:

a. u

se a

cade

mic

sour

ces a

ppro

pria

tely

and

eff

ectiv

ely

b.

pla

n, w

rite

and

revi

se p

ositi

on a

rgum

ent e

ssay

s (i.e

. one

-sid

ed d

iscu

rsiv

e es

says

) with

app

ropr

iate

refe

renc

ing;

and

c.

pre

sent

vie

ws e

ffec

tivel

y an

d cr

itica

lly in

spok

en c

omm

unic

atio

n To

ach

ieve

the

abov

e ou

tcom

es, s

tude

nts a

re e

xpec

ted

to u

se la

ngua

ge a

nd te

xt

stru

ctur

e ap

prop

riate

to th

e co

ntex

t, se

lect

info

rmat

ion

criti

cally

, and

pre

sent

and

su

ppor

t sta

nce

and

opin

ion

logi

cally

and

per

suas

ivel

y.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

(Not

e 2)

1. W

ritte

n co

mm

unic

atio

n D

evel

opin

g lo

gica

l and

per

suas

ive

argu

men

ts; a

pply

ing

a va

riety

of

orga

nisa

tion

patte

rns i

n di

scur

sive

writ

ing,

incl

udin

g th

e w

ritin

g of

exp

lana

tory

an

d ev

alua

tive

text

s; se

lect

ing

info

rmat

ion

criti

cally

; sup

porti

ng st

ance

; m

aint

aini

ng c

ohes

ion

and

cohe

renc

e in

dis

curs

ive

writ

ing;

ach

ievi

ng

appr

opria

te st

yle

and

tone

. 2.

Spo

ken

com

mun

icat

ion

Enha

ncin

g an

d pr

actis

ing

the

spec

ific

oral

and

aur

al sk

ills r

equi

red

to

parti

cipa

te e

ffec

tivel

y in

aca

dem

ic d

iscu

ssio

ns a

nd to

pre

sent

vie

ws i

n a

form

al

acad

emic

con

text

. 3.

Rea

ding

and

list

enin

g U

nder

stan

ding

the

cont

ent a

nd st

ruct

ure

of in

form

atio

n in

ora

l and

writ

ten

text

s;

com

preh

endi

ng, i

nfer

ring

and

eval

uatin

g m

essa

ges a

nd a

ttitu

de.

4. L

angu

age

deve

lopm

ent

Impr

ovin

g an

d ex

tend

ing

rele

vant

feat

ures

of g

ram

mar

, voc

abul

ary

and

pron

unci

atio

n.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

(N

ote

3)

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

prim

arily

sem

inar

-bas

ed.

Follo

win

g a

blen

ded

deliv

ery

appr

oach

, act

iviti

es in

clud

e te

ache

r inp

ut a

s wel

l as i

n- a

nd o

ut-o

f-cl

ass

indi

vidu

al a

nd g

roup

wor

k in

volv

ing

draf

ting

and

eval

uatin

g te

xts,

min

i-pr

esen

tatio

ns, d

iscu

ssio

ns a

nd si

mul

atio

ns.

The

proc

ess a

ppro

ach

to w

ritin

g is

ad

opte

d, a

nd st

uden

ts m

ake

use

of e

lear

ning

reso

urce

s to

enga

ge in

aca

dem

ic

8.20

10

disc

ussi

ons a

nd to

refle

ct o

n th

eir l

earn

ing.

Le

arni

ng m

ater

ials

dev

elop

ed b

y th

e En

glis

h La

ngua

ge C

entre

are

use

d th

roug

hout

the

cour

se.

Stud

ents

will

be

refe

rred

to le

arni

ng re

sour

ces o

n th

e In

tern

et a

nd in

the

ELC

’s C

entre

for I

ndep

ende

nt L

angu

age

Lear

ning

. A

dditi

onal

refe

renc

e m

ater

ials

will

be

reco

mm

ende

d as

requ

ired.

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

(Not

e 4)

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

(Ple

ase

tick

as a

ppro

pria

te)

a b

c

1. P

ositi

on A

rgum

ent E

ssay

(d

raft)

20

%

2. P

ositi

on A

rgum

ent E

ssay

(f

inal

) 45

%

3. A

cade

mic

pre

sent

atio

n &

di

scus

sion

35

%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

Ass

essm

ents

1 a

nd 2

ass

ess t

he st

uden

ts’ a

bilit

ies i

n pr

oduc

ing

a co

here

nt

acad

emic

text

whi

ch re

quire

s eff

ectiv

e us

e an

d re

fere

ncin

g of

sour

ces (

ref.

LOs

(a) a

nd (b

)).

Ass

essm

ent 3

ass

esse

s the

ir ab

ilitie

s to

plan

and

pre

sent

thei

r id

eas,

in tw

o di

ffer

ent a

cade

mic

con

text

s (re

f. LO

s (a)

and

(c))

.

In a

dditi

on to

thes

e as

sess

men

ts, s

tude

nts a

re re

quire

d to

com

plet

e fu

rther

la

ngua

ge tr

aini

ng th

roug

h w

orki

ng o

n th

eir e

Portf

olio

thro

ugho

ut th

e co

urse

. Th

is w

ill in

volv

e st

uden

ts in

read

ing

text

s and

subs

eque

nt o

nlin

e w

ritin

g an

d di

scus

sion

that

will

par

alle

l the

pro

cess

writ

ing

appr

oach

invo

lved

in

asse

ssm

ents

1 a

nd 2

, and

alig

n w

ith a

ll th

ree

LOs.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ars

42 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

84 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

1

26 H

rs.

AI - 40

Page 84: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

8.20

10

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s C

ours

e m

ater

ial

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre

Reco

mm

ende

d re

fere

nces

Fa

igle

y,

L.

(200

8).

Bac

kpac

k w

ritin

g:

Ref

lect

ing,

ar

guin

g,

info

rmin

g,

anal

yzin

g, e

valu

atin

g. N

ew Y

ork,

NY

: Pea

rson

/Lon

gman

. M

adde

n, C

. an

d R

ohlc

k, T

. N

. (1

997)

. D

iscu

ssio

n an

d in

tera

ctio

n in

the

ac

adem

ic c

omm

unity

. Ann

Arb

or, M

I: U

nive

rsity

of M

ichi

gan

Pres

s.

Osh

ima,

A.

& H

ogue

, A. (

2006

). W

ritin

g ac

adem

ic E

nglis

h (4

th e

d.).

Whi

te

Plai

ns, N

Y: P

ears

on/L

ongm

an.

Rei

nhar

t, S.

M.

(200

2).

Giv

ing

acad

emic

pre

sent

atio

ns.

Ann

Arb

or,

MI:

Uni

vers

ity o

f Mic

higa

n Pr

ess.

W

ood,

N. V

. (20

09).

Pers

pect

ives

on

argu

men

t (6t

h ed

). U

pper

Sad

dle

Riv

er,

NJ:

Pea

rson

/Pre

ntic

e H

all.

(Jul

y 20

13)

AI - 41

Page 85: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

  

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

ELC

2011

Subj

ect T

itle

Adv

ance

d En

glis

h R

eadi

ng a

nd W

ritin

g Sk

ills

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

Pre-

requ

isite

: Adv

ance

d En

glis

h fo

r Uni

vers

ity S

tudi

es (E

LC10

14)

Obj

ectiv

es

This

subj

ect a

ims t

o he

lp st

uden

ts b

ecom

e m

ore

effe

ctiv

e re

ader

s. It

focu

ses o

n de

velo

ping

stud

ents

’ fac

ility

to re

ad a

var

iety

of t

exts

in a

crit

ical

man

ner,

and

to b

e ab

le to

dis

cuss

the

stan

ce o

f the

writ

er a

s wel

l as t

heir

own

refle

ctiv

e re

spon

se to

a te

xt.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n su

cces

sful

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

exa

min

e a

varie

ty o

f tex

ts, i

nclu

ding

lite

rary

text

s, an

d:

a. id

entif

y sa

lient

idea

s and

impl

icat

ions

, and

dis

tingu

ish

unsu

ppor

ted

clai

ms

from

supp

orte

d on

es, a

nd fa

llaci

es fr

om v

alid

arg

umen

ts

b. p

rodu

ce c

ritic

al o

r int

erpr

etat

ive

text

s whi

ch d

iscu

ss a

nd e

valu

ate

text

s and

w

riter

pos

ition

s

c. w

rite

and

disc

uss c

ritic

al re

spon

ses t

o va

rious

text

s

To a

chie

ve th

e ab

ove

outc

omes

, stu

dent

s are

exp

ecte

d to

use

lang

uage

and

text

st

ruct

ure

appr

opria

te to

the

cont

ext,

sele

ct in

form

atio

n cr

itica

lly, a

nd p

rese

nt

and

supp

ort s

tanc

e an

d op

inio

n.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1. R

eadi

ng st

rate

gies

Rea

ding

inte

nsiv

ely

to in

vest

igat

e a

parti

cula

r top

ic a

nd d

evel

op a

n in

-dep

th

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

issu

es a

nd st

ance

s; re

adin

g cr

itica

lly to

ext

ract

impl

icat

ions

, di

stin

guis

h fa

ct fr

om o

pini

on a

nd fa

llaci

es fr

om v

alid

arg

umen

ts, a

nd to

iden

tify

writ

ers’

ass

umpt

ions

and

pur

pose

s; a

naly

sing

issu

es ra

ised

in te

xts w

ritte

n fr

om

diff

eren

t per

spec

tives

, inc

ludi

ng li

tera

ry te

xts;

read

ing

exte

nsiv

ely

to a

ppre

ciat

e th

e us

e of

lang

uage

, acq

uire

info

rmat

ion,

pro

mot

e un

ders

tand

ing

and

deve

lop

empa

thy.

2. W

ritin

g st

rate

gies

Pres

entin

g vi

ews a

nd a

rgum

ents

to e

duca

ted

read

ers;

des

crib

ing

and

anal

ysin

g th

e st

ruct

ure,

mea

ning

and

cha

ract

eris

tics o

f a v

arie

ty o

f tex

ts; d

iscu

ssin

g w

riter

in

tent

ions

.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

prim

arily

sem

inar

-bas

ed.

Follo

win

g a

blen

ded

lear

ning

ap

proa

ch, a

ctiv

ities

incl

ude

teac

her i

nput

as w

ell a

s in-

and

out

-of-

clas

s in

divi

dual

and

gro

up w

ork

invo

lvin

g dr

aftin

g an

d ev

alua

ting

text

s, m

ini-

pres

enta

tions

and

dis

cuss

ions

. Th

e pr

oces

s app

roac

h to

writ

ing

is a

dopt

ed, a

nd

stud

ents

mak

e us

e of

ele

arni

ng re

sour

ces t

o en

gage

in a

cade

mic

dis

cuss

ions

and

  

to re

flect

on

thei

r lea

rnin

g.

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre a

re u

sed

thro

ugho

ut th

e co

urse

. St

uden

ts w

ill b

e re

ferr

ed to

lear

ning

reso

urce

s on

the

Inte

rnet

and

in th

e EL

C’s

Cen

tre fo

r Ind

epen

dent

Lan

guag

e Le

arni

ng.

Add

ition

al re

fere

nce

mat

eria

ls w

ill b

e re

com

men

ded

as re

quire

d.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

wei

ghtin

g In

tend

ed su

bjec

t lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es to

be

asse

ssed

(P

leas

e tic

k as

app

ropr

iate

)

a b

c

1. R

efle

ctiv

e w

ritin

g 20

%

2. A

naly

sing

text

s writ

ten

in

diff

eren

t sty

les a

nd fr

om

vario

us p

ersp

ectiv

es

40%

3. W

ritin

g a

feat

ure

artic

le

40%

Tota

l 10

0%

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

Ass

essm

ent 1

requ

ires s

tude

nts t

o w

rite

refle

ctiv

e re

spon

ses t

o te

xts a

nd/o

r bo

oks t

hey

have

read

, and

is a

ligne

d w

ith L

O (c

). A

sses

smen

ts 2

and

3 a

sses

s LO

(a) a

nd in

volv

e st

uden

ts e

mpl

oyin

g ef

fect

ive

criti

cal r

eadi

ng a

nd th

inki

ng

skill

s. A

sses

smen

t 3 re

quire

s stu

dent

s to

cond

uct l

ibra

ry/o

nlin

e se

arch

and

pr

oduc

e a

criti

cal t

ext,

thus

inte

grat

ing

the

rece

ptiv

e cr

itica

l rea

ding

skill

s with

th

e pr

oduc

tion

of a

writ

ten

text

whi

ch c

ritic

ally

ass

esse

s the

text

s the

y ha

ve

read

. A

ll th

ree

asse

ssm

ents

ass

ess s

tude

nts’

abi

litie

s with

rega

rd to

LO

(c) b

ut

in d

iffer

ent w

ays,

and

requ

ire st

uden

ts to

pre

sent

and

supp

ort t

heir

inte

rpre

tatio

n of

thei

r rea

ding

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ars

42 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

84 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

1

26 H

rs.

AI - 42

Page 86: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

  R

eadi

ng L

ist a

nd

Ref

eren

ces

Cou

rse

mat

eria

l

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre

Reco

mm

ende

d re

fere

nces

Bes

t, J.

(200

1). D

amne

d lie

s and

stat

istic

s: U

ntan

glin

g nu

mbe

rs fr

om th

e m

edia

, pol

itici

ans,

and

activ

ists

. Ber

kele

y, C

A: U

nive

rsity

of C

alifo

rnia

Pr

ess.

Coo

per,

S. &

Pat

ton,

R. (

2010

). W

ritin

g lo

gica

lly, t

hink

ing

criti

cally

. New

Y

ork,

NY

: Lon

gman

.

Dam

er, T

. E. (

2009

). At

tack

ing

faul

ty re

ason

ing:

A p

ract

ical

gui

de to

falla

cy-

free

arg

umen

ts. B

elm

ont,

CA

: Wad

swor

th C

enga

ge L

earn

ing.

Ken

nedy

, X. J

. & G

ioia

, D. (

2010

). Li

tera

ture

: An

intr

oduc

tion

to fi

ctio

n,

poet

ry, d

ram

a, a

nd w

ritin

g (1

1th e

d.).

New

Yor

k, N

Y: L

ongm

an.

Mef

calfe

, M. (

2006

). Re

adin

g cr

itica

lly a

t uni

vers

ity. T

hous

and

Oak

s, C

A:

Sage

.

  

AI - 43

Page 87: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

  

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

ELC

2012

Subj

ect T

itle

Pers

uasi

ve C

omm

unic

atio

n

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

Pre-

requ

isite

: Adv

ance

d En

glis

h fo

r Uni

vers

ity S

tudi

es (E

LC10

14)

Obj

ectiv

es

This

subj

ect a

ims t

o he

lp st

uden

ts b

ecom

e m

ore

pers

uasi

ve c

omm

unic

ator

s in

a va

riety

of c

onte

xts t

hat t

hey

may

enc

ount

er a

t uni

vers

ity a

nd in

the

wor

kpla

ce.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n su

cces

sful

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

a.

writ

e pe

rsua

sive

text

s int

ende

d fo

r a v

arie

ty o

f aud

ienc

es

b. c

omm

unic

ate

pers

uasi

vely

in o

ral p

rese

ntat

ions

c.

mak

e pe

rsua

sive

arg

umen

ts in

form

al d

iscu

ssio

ns

To a

chie

ve th

e ab

ove

outc

omes

, stu

dent

s are

exp

ecte

d to

use

lang

uage

and

text

st

ruct

ure

appr

opria

te to

the

cont

ext,

sele

ct in

form

atio

n cr

itica

lly, a

nd p

rese

nt a

nd

supp

ort s

tanc

e an

d op

inio

n.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1. P

repa

ring

for e

ffec

tive

pers

uasi

on

Ass

essi

ng th

e si

tuat

ion;

sele

ctin

g re

leva

nt c

onte

nt; o

rgan

isin

g id

eas a

nd

info

rmat

ion;

sele

ctin

g an

app

ropr

iate

tone

, dis

tanc

e an

d le

vel o

f for

mal

ity;

usin

g ap

prop

riate

vis

ual i

mag

ery

to su

ppor

t the

com

mun

icat

ion

of m

essa

ges.

2. P

ersu

asio

n th

roug

h w

ritin

g

Dev

elop

ing

and

prac

tisin

g ap

prop

riate

lang

uage

, ton

e, st

yle

and

stru

ctur

e;

achi

evin

g co

hesi

on a

nd c

oher

ence

.

3. P

ersu

asio

n th

roug

h sp

eaki

ng

Dev

elop

ing

and

prac

tisin

g ap

prop

riate

ver

bal a

nd n

on-v

erba

l ski

lls fo

r pe

rsua

sive

ora

l com

mun

icat

ion;

impr

ovin

g an

d ex

tend

ing

rele

vant

pr

onun

ciat

ion

feat

ures

, inc

ludi

ng a

rticu

latio

n, p

ausi

ng, i

nton

atio

n, w

ord

stre

ss

and

sent

ence

stre

ss.

  T

each

ing/

Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

prim

arily

sem

inar

-bas

ed.

Follo

win

g a

blen

ded

deliv

ery

appr

oach

, act

iviti

es in

clud

e te

ache

r inp

ut a

s wel

l as i

ndiv

idua

l and

gro

up w

ork

invo

lvin

g re

adin

g an

d ap

prec

iatin

g te

xts,

disc

ussi

ons a

nd p

rese

ntat

ions

of i

deas

.

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre a

re u

sed

thro

ugho

ut th

e co

urse

. St

uden

ts w

ill b

e re

ferr

ed to

lear

ning

reso

urce

s on

the

Inte

rnet

and

in th

e EL

C’s

Cen

tre fo

r Ind

epen

dent

Lan

guag

e Le

arni

ng.

Add

ition

al re

fere

nce

mat

eria

ls w

ill b

e re

com

men

ded

as re

quire

d.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

wei

ghtin

g In

tend

ed su

bjec

t lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es to

be

asse

ssed

(P

leas

e tic

k as

app

ropr

iate

)

a b

c

1. P

ersu

asiv

e w

ritte

n te

xt

34%

2. G

roup

pre

sent

atio

n 33

%

3. D

ebat

e 33

%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

Ass

essm

ent 1

con

cent

rate

s on

pers

uasi

ve te

chni

ques

in w

ritin

g an

d as

sess

es

stud

ents

’ ach

ieve

men

t of L

O (a

). A

sses

smen

t 2 is

a p

rese

ntat

ion

that

cov

ers

both

per

suas

ive

spea

king

and

the

use

of v

isua

l aid

s to

com

plem

ent a

nd

rein

forc

e th

e m

essa

ge; a

nd is

alig

ned

with

inte

nded

LO

(b).

Ass

essm

ent 3

as

sess

es st

uden

ts’ p

erfo

rman

ce in

a d

iffer

ent a

spec

t of p

ersu

asio

n, th

e fo

rmal

de

bate

, in

whi

ch st

uden

ts n

eed

to e

xpla

in th

eir p

ersp

ectiv

e, d

efen

d ar

gum

ents

an

d pe

rsua

de th

e au

dien

ce.

It al

igns

with

inte

nded

LO

s (a)

and

(b).

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ars

42 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

84 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

1

26 H

rs.

AI - 44

Page 88: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

  R

eadi

ng L

ist a

nd

Ref

eren

ces

Cou

rse

mat

eria

l

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre

Reco

mm

ende

d re

fere

nces

Bre

aden

, B. L

. (19

96).

Spea

king

to p

ersu

ade.

For

t Wor

th, T

X: H

arco

urt B

race

C

olle

ge.

Lean

ne, S

. (20

08).

Say

it lik

e O

bam

a: T

he p

ower

of s

peak

ing

with

pur

pose

and

vi

sion

. New

Yor

k, N

Y: M

cGra

w H

ill.

Rog

ers,

W. (

2007

). Pe

rsua

sion

: Mes

sage

s, re

ceiv

ers,

and

cont

exts

. Lan

ham

, M

D: R

owm

an &

Litt

lefie

ld P

ublis

hers

.

Stiff

, J. B

. (20

03).

Pers

uasi

ve c

omm

unic

atio

n (2

nd e

d.).

New

Yor

k, N

Y:

Gui

lford

Pre

ss.

  

AI - 45

Page 89: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

  

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

ELC

2013

Subj

ect T

itle

Engl

ish

in L

itera

ture

and

Film

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

Pre-

requ

isite

: Adv

ance

d En

glis

h fo

r Uni

vers

ity S

tudi

es (E

LC10

14)

Obj

ectiv

es

This

subj

ect a

ims t

o in

trodu

ce st

uden

ts to

a ra

nge

of li

tera

ry g

enre

s in

Engl

ish

as w

ell a

s to

enab

le th

em to

con

side

r diff

eren

ces i

n m

edia

repr

esen

tatio

ns o

f gen

res,

and

to a

ppre

ciat

e an

d ne

gotia

te th

e m

eani

ngs o

f a v

arie

ty o

f lite

rary

text

s.

It is

als

o in

tend

ed th

at th

e su

bjec

t will

hel

p st

uden

ts fu

rther

dev

elop

lite

racy

, as w

ell a

s hi

gher

ord

er th

inki

ng a

nd li

fe-lo

ng le

arni

ng sk

ills.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n su

cces

sful

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

:

a.

exam

ine

and

anal

yse

liter

ary

text

s on

vario

us th

emes

from

diff

eren

t per

spec

tives

b.

disc

uss l

itera

ry te

chni

ques

em

ploy

ed b

y w

riter

s

c.

appr

ecia

te a

nd a

rticu

late

diff

eren

ces i

n te

xtua

l and

vis

ual m

edia

repr

esen

tatio

ns

To a

chie

ve th

e ab

ove

outc

omes

, stu

dent

s are

exp

ecte

d to

use

lang

uage

and

text

stru

ctur

e ap

prop

riate

to th

e co

ntex

t, se

lect

info

rmat

ion

criti

cally

, and

pre

sent

and

supp

ort s

tanc

e an

d op

inio

n.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1.

Writ

ten

com

mun

icat

ion

Des

crib

ing

and

inte

rpre

ting

cont

ent a

nd la

ngua

ge in

lite

rary

text

s; e

mpl

oyin

g ap

prop

riate

gr

amm

atic

al st

ruct

ures

and

voc

abul

ary.

2.

Spok

en c

omm

unic

atio

n

Pres

entin

g cr

itica

l eva

luat

ion

of li

tera

ry w

orks

eff

ectiv

ely

and

conv

inci

ngly

.

3.

Rea

ding

Dev

elop

ing

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

and

com

pete

nce

in u

sing

lite

rary

dev

ices

such

as m

etap

hor,

sim

ile a

nd sy

mbo

lism

, via

read

ing

liter

ary

text

s and

vie

win

g fil

m v

ersi

ons.

4.

Lang

uage

dev

elop

men

t

Impr

ovin

g flu

ency

and

pro

nunc

iatio

n, a

nd e

xten

ding

gra

mm

atic

al a

nd le

xica

l com

pete

nce.

  T

each

ing/

Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

prim

arily

sem

inar

-bas

ed.

Follo

win

g a

blen

ded

deliv

ery

appr

oach

, ac

tiviti

es in

clud

e te

ache

r inp

ut a

s wel

l as i

n- a

nd o

ut-o

f-cla

ss in

divi

dual

and

gro

up w

ork

invo

lvin

g lis

teni

ng to

and

vie

win

g a

varie

ty o

f aud

io-v

isua

l sou

rces

, rea

ding

and

dra

fting

te

xts,

cond

uctin

g in

tern

et re

sear

ch, m

akin

g m

ini-p

rese

ntat

ions

, par

ticip

atin

g in

dis

cuss

ions

, an

d co

mpa

ring

vario

us re

pres

enta

tions

of l

itera

ture

. St

uden

ts w

ill m

ake

use

of e

lear

ning

re

sour

ces a

nd w

eb-b

ased

wor

k to

furth

er im

prov

e th

eir E

nglis

h lit

erac

y sk

ills.

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre a

re u

sed

thro

ugho

ut th

e co

urse

. St

uden

ts w

ill b

e re

ferr

ed to

lear

ning

reso

urce

s on

the

Inte

rnet

and

in th

e EL

C’s

C

entre

for I

ndep

ende

nt L

angu

age

Lear

ning

. A

dditi

onal

refe

renc

e m

ater

ials

will

be

reco

mm

ende

d as

requ

ired.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds in

A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

wei

ghtin

g In

tend

ed su

bjec

t lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es to

be

asse

ssed

(P

leas

e tic

k as

app

ropr

iate

)

a b

c

1. In

divi

dual

pap

er

30%

2. W

ritte

n te

st

40%

3. G

roup

pro

ject

30

%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

:

In a

sses

smen

t 1, s

tude

nts a

re re

quire

d to

writ

e an

indi

vidu

al p

aper

in w

hich

they

crit

ical

ly

refle

ct o

n th

eir r

eadi

ng o

f pro

se, a

nd b

y so

doi

ng, d

emon

stra

te th

eir a

chie

vem

ent o

f LO

(a).

A

sses

smen

ts 2

and

3 a

re a

ligne

d w

ith a

ll th

ree

LOs.

Ass

essm

ent 2

ass

esse

s stu

dent

s’

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

a li

tera

ry d

ram

a an

d re

quire

s com

paris

on o

f the

mer

its o

f its

text

ual a

nd

thea

trica

l ver

sion

s. A

sses

smen

t 3 is

a g

roup

pro

ject

that

requ

ires r

eadi

ng a

nd in

terp

reta

tion

of m

ore

crea

tive

liter

atur

e an

d pr

esen

tatio

n of

aud

io-v

isua

l sou

rces

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ars

42 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

84 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

1

26 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s Re

quir

ed re

adin

g

The

Poly

U li

brar

y re

tain

s eith

er h

ardc

opie

s or e

lect

roni

c co

pies

of t

he fo

llow

ing

title

s.

The

title

s can

als

o be

foun

d on

line.

AI - 46

Page 90: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

  

Hon

ey, M

., &

Col

e, J.

L. (

eds.)

. (20

02).

Mad

ame

Butte

rfly

/ Jo

hn L

uthe

r Lon

g; a

nd A

Ja

pane

se n

ight

inga

le /

Ono

to W

atan

na (W

inni

fred

Eat

on):

Tw

o or

ient

alis

t tex

ts. N

ew

Bru

nsw

ick,

N.J.

: Rut

gers

Uni

vers

ity P

ress

.

A

vaila

ble

at R

eser

ve C

oll R

eser

ve C

oll P

S352

3.O

4685

M33

200

2 ht

tp://

oper

a.st

anfo

rd.e

du/P

ucci

ni/B

utte

rfly

/sou

rce/

JLLo

ng.h

tml

Stam

, R.,

and

Rae

ngo,

A. (

eds.)

. (20

04).

A co

mpa

nion

to li

tera

ture

and

film

. [el

ectro

nic

sour

ce] B

lack

wel

l ref

eren

ce o

nlin

e. M

alde

n: B

lack

wel

l.

Cal

l num

ber P

N19

95.3

.C65

200

4eb

http

://w

ww

.bla

ckw

ellre

fere

nce.

com

/sub

scrib

er/u

id=2

62/b

ook?

id=g

9780

6312

3053

3_9

7806

3123

0533

&au

thst

atus

code

=202

Wils

on, J

. D. (

ed.).

(200

9). W

illia

m S

hake

spea

re’s

A M

idsu

mm

er N

ight

’s D

ream

. [e

lect

roni

c re

sour

ce] C

ambr

idge

boo

ks o

nlin

e. C

ambr

idge

: Cam

brid

ge U

nive

rsity

Pr

ess.

Cal

l num

ber P

R28

27.A

1 20

09eb

ht

tp://

shak

espe

are.

mit.

edu/

mid

sum

mer

/full.

htm

l

Oth

er re

adin

gs w

ill b

e sp

ecifi

ed b

y th

e EL

C te

ache

r, an

d m

ay c

onta

in sh

ort f

ictio

n,

nove

lette

s, pl

ays a

nd p

oetry

.

  

AI - 47

Page 91: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

ENG

2002

Subj

ect T

itle

Com

pute

r Pro

gram

min

g

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Leve

l 2

Pre-

requ

isite

/ C

o-re

quis

ite /

Excl

usio

n N

il

Obj

ectiv

es

(i)

To in

trodu

ce th

e fu

ndam

enta

l con

cept

s of

com

pute

r pro

gram

min

g (ii

) To

equ

ip s

tude

nts

with

sou

nd s

kills

in C

/C++

pro

gram

min

g la

ngua

ge

(iii)

To

equi

p st

uden

ts

with

te

chni

ques

fo

r de

velo

ping

st

ruct

ured

an

d ob

ject

-orie

nted

com

pute

r pro

gram

s (iv

) To

de

mon

stra

te

the

tech

niqu

es

for

impl

emen

ting

engi

neer

ing

appl

icat

ions

usi

ng c

ompu

ter p

rogr

ams.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

Cat

egor

y A

: Pro

fess

iona

l/aca

dem

ic k

now

ledg

e an

d sk

ills

1.

Fam

iliar

ize

them

selv

es

with

at

le

ast

one

C/C

++

prog

ram

min

g en

viro

nmen

t. 2.

B

e pr

ofic

ient

in

usin

g th

e ba

sic

cons

truct

s of

C/C

++ t

o de

velo

p a

com

pute

r pro

gram

. 3.

B

e ab

le to

dev

elop

a s

truct

ured

and

doc

umen

ted

com

pute

r pro

gram

. 4.

U

nder

stan

d th

e fu

ndam

enta

ls o

f ob

ject

-orie

nted

pro

gram

min

g an

d be

ab

le to

app

ly it

in c

ompu

ter p

rogr

am d

evel

opm

ent.

5.

Be

able

to

ap

ply

the

com

pute

r pr

ogra

mm

ing

tech

niqu

es

to

solv

e pr

actic

al e

ngin

eerin

g pr

oble

ms.

C

ateg

ory

B: A

ttrib

utes

for a

ll-ro

unde

dnes

s 6.

B

e ab

le to

sol

ve p

robl

ems

by u

sing

sys

tem

atic

app

roac

hes

in a

team

.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Sylla

bus:

1.

In

trodu

ctio

n to

pro

gram

min

g - C

ompo

nent

s of

a c

ompu

ter;

Prog

ram

min

g en

viro

nmen

t; Pr

oces

s of

app

licat

ion

deve

lopm

ent.

2.

Bol

ts a

nd N

uts

of C

/C++

- P

repr

oces

sor;

Prog

ram

cod

e; F

unct

ions

; C

omm

ents

; Va

riabl

es

and

cons

tant

s;

Expr

essi

ons

and

stat

emen

ts;

Ope

rato

rs.

3.

Pro

gram

Flo

w C

ontro

l -

Bran

chin

g an

d lo

opin

g; F

unct

ion

para

met

ers

pass

ing;

Ret

urn

valu

es; L

ocal

and

glo

bal v

aria

bles

; Sco

pe o

f var

iabl

es.

4.

Pro

gram

Des

ign

and

Deb

uggi

ng -

Stru

ctur

ed p

rogr

am d

esig

n; M

odul

ar

prog

ram

min

g; E

xcep

tions

and

deb

uggi

ng.

Cas

e st

udy:

Usi

ng th

e V

isua

l C

++ d

ebug

ger.

5.

Bas

ic O

bjec

t O

rient

ed P

rogr

amm

ing

- O

bjec

ts a

nd c

lass

es;

Priv

ate

vers

us

publ

ic;

Impl

emen

ting

clas

s m

etho

ds;

Con

stru

ctor

s an

d de

stru

ctor

s.

6.

Poi

nter

and

Arr

ay -

Sta

ck a

nd F

ree

stor

e; C

reat

e an

d de

lete

obj

ects

in

the

free

stor

e; P

oint

er a

rithm

etic

; Pas

sing

func

tion

argu

men

ts b

y po

inte

r; R

etur

ning

val

ues

by p

oint

er; A

rray

of o

bjec

ts; A

rray

and

poi

nter

; Arr

ay o

f po

inte

rs; P

oint

er o

f arr

ay; C

hara

cter

arr

ay; C

omm

and-

line

proc

essi

ng.

7.

Stre

am I/

O -

Inpu

t and

out

put a

s st

ream

s; F

ile I/

O u

sing

stre

ams.

8.

U

sing

C/C

++ i

n E

ngin

eerin

g Ap

plic

atio

ns -

Sol

ving

pra

ctic

al p

robl

ems

usin

g C

/C++

; D

evel

opin

g gr

aphi

cal

user

in

terfa

ces

for

engi

neer

ing

appl

icat

ions

.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

Te

achi

ng a

nd

Lear

ning

Met

hod

Inte

nded

Su

bjec

t Le

arni

ng

Out

com

e

Rem

arks

Lect

ures

, su

pple

men

ted

with

sh

ort q

uizz

es

2,3,

4 St

uden

ts a

re in

trodu

ced

to th

e kn

owle

dge

of c

ompu

ter

prog

ram

min

g th

roug

h ex

plan

atio

n an

d illu

stra

tive

exam

ples

. C

ompr

ehen

sion

of t

he k

now

ledg

e is

stre

ngth

ened

with

sho

rt qu

izze

s.

Stu

dent

s w

ill b

e ab

le to

mon

itor

the

skill

s of

usi

ng C

/C++

and

app

ly

the

tech

niqu

es o

f dev

elop

ing

stru

ctur

ed o

bjec

t-orie

nted

ap

plic

atio

ns.

Labo

rato

ries/

tuto

rials

w

here

pro

blem

s ar

e gi

ven

to s

tude

nts

for

them

to s

olve

1,2,

3,4,

5 St

uden

ts a

pply

wha

t the

y ha

ve

lear

nt in

lect

ures

and

sol

ve

prob

lem

s in

exe

rcis

es.

The

purp

ose

is to

ens

ure

stud

ents

hav

e ca

ptur

ed th

e im

porta

nt p

oint

s.

Tuto

rs w

ill a

id th

e le

ctur

er in

he

lpin

g th

e st

uden

ts fi

nish

ing

the

exer

cise

s, a

nd in

tera

ctiv

e Q

&A

will

ta

ke p

lace

.

Hom

ewor

k, a

nd te

sts

1,2,

3,4,

5 Th

roug

h w

orki

ng h

omew

ork,

st

uden

ts w

ill d

evel

op a

firm

un

ders

tand

ing

and

com

preh

ensi

on

of th

e kn

owle

dge

taug

ht.

They

will

an

alys

e gi

ven

C/C

++ a

pplic

atio

ns

and

appl

y kn

owle

dge

in s

olvi

ng

prob

lem

s. F

or s

ome

desi

gn ty

pe

of p

robl

ems,

they

will

hav

e to

sy

nthe

size

sol

utio

ns b

y ev

alua

ting

diffe

rent

alte

rnat

ives

. To

ass

ure

stud

ents

’ und

erst

andi

ng o

f fu

ndam

enta

l con

cept

s, c

lose

d-bo

ok te

sts

are

arra

nged

regu

larly

. To

enh

ance

the

stud

ents

’ pro

blem

so

lvin

g sk

ill in

a g

iven

pr

ogra

mm

ing

envi

ronm

ent,

open

-bo

ok p

rogr

amm

ing

test

s ar

e ar

rang

ed re

gula

rly.

M

ini-p

roje

ct

1,2,

3,4,

5,6

Afte

r all

the

subj

ect m

ater

ials

hav

e be

en d

eliv

ered

, stu

dent

s ar

e as

ked

to fi

nish

a m

ini-p

roje

ct in

a te

am.

The

proj

ect i

nvol

ves

a pr

actic

al

engi

neer

ing

prob

lem

of s

ome

stat

ed s

peci

ficat

ion.

AI - 48

Page 92: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s

%

wei

ghtin

gIn

tend

ed

subj

ect

lear

ning

ou

tcom

es to

be

asse

ssed

(Ple

ase

tick

as a

ppro

pria

te)

1 2

3 4

5 6

1.

In-c

lass

exe

rcis

es

10

2.

Sho

rt-qu

izze

s 10

3.

Clo

sed-

book

test

s 20

4.

Pro

gram

min

g te

sts

30

5.

Min

i-pro

ject

30

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

The

shor

t-qui

zzes

are

for

ass

essi

ng t

he u

nder

stan

ding

of

fund

amen

tal

conc

epts

. Th

e in

-cla

ss e

xerc

ises

, clo

sed-

book

test

s an

d pr

ogra

mm

ing

test

s ar

e co

nduc

ted

to h

elp

stud

ents

fam

iliar

ized

with

the

prog

ram

min

g la

ngua

ge

and

skill

s.

The

pro

blem

s to

be

solv

ed b

y th

e st

uden

ts a

re t

ypic

ally

pr

esen

ted

as p

ract

ical

eng

inee

ring

prob

lem

s.

Thro

ugh

cond

uctin

g a

min

i-pr

ojec

t th

at la

sts

for

seve

ral w

eeks

, st

uden

ts w

ould

be

able

to

expe

rienc

e ho

w to

sol

ve p

robl

ems

by u

sing

a s

yste

mat

ic a

ppro

ach

in a

team

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Effo

rt

Expe

cted

(W

ithin

TW

O

sem

este

rs)

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

64 H

ours

Le

ctur

e 30

Hou

rs

Tu

toria

l 19

Hou

rs

Te

st/Q

uiz

14 H

ours

M

ini-p

roje

ct p

rese

ntat

ion

1 H

ours

Oth

er s

tude

nt s

tudy

effo

rt:

61 H

ours

S

elf-s

tudy

ing

40 H

ours

H

omew

ork

13 H

ours

M

ini-p

roje

ct/R

epor

t 8

Hou

rs

Tota

l stu

dent

stu

dy e

ffort

12

5 H

ours

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s R

efer

ence

Boo

ks:

1.

S. R

ao, S

ams

Teac

h Y

ours

elf C

++ in

One

Hou

r a D

ay.

Indi

anap

olis

, IN

: S

ams,

201

2.

2.

P.J

. Dei

tel a

nd H

.M. D

eite

l, C

++ H

ow T

o P

rogr

am, 8

th e

d.

Bos

ton,

MA:

P

rent

ice

Hal

l, 20

12.

3.

J. L

iber

ty a

nd R

. Cad

enhe

ad, S

ams

Teac

h Yo

urse

lf C

++ in

24

hour

s (5

th

ed.)

Indi

anap

olis

, IN

: Sam

s, 2

011.

4.

I H

orto

n, Iv

or H

orto

ns B

egin

ning

Vis

ual C

++ 2

010

[ele

ctro

nic

reso

urce

]. In

dian

apol

is, I

N: W

iley,

201

0.

Aug

ust 2

012

AI - 49

Page 93: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

IC21

05

Subj

ect T

itle

Engi

neer

ing

Com

mun

icat

ion

and

Fund

amen

tals

Cre

dit V

alue

4

Trai

ning

Cre

dits

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

off

ers

a w

ide

spec

trum

of

cove

rage

on

vario

us e

ngin

eerin

g fu

ndam

enta

l m

atte

rs,

incl

udin

g En

gine

erin

g D

raw

ing

and

CA

D,

Bas

ic

Scie

ntifi

c C

ompu

ting,

Bas

ic M

echa

troni

c Pr

actic

e, a

nd I

ndus

trial

Saf

ety,

th

at a

ims

at p

rovi

ding

the

nece

ssar

y fu

ndam

enta

l kno

wle

dge

and

com

putin

g sk

ills t

o al

l yea

r 1 st

uden

ts in

tere

sted

in e

ngin

eerin

g.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

a)

expl

ain

the

prin

cipl

es a

nd c

onve

ntio

nal

repr

esen

tatio

n of

eng

inee

ring

draw

ings

acc

ordi

ng to

eng

inee

ring

stan

dard

s an

d be

abl

e to

use

it a

s a

med

ium

in

tech

nica

l co

mm

unic

atio

n an

d do

cum

enta

tion

with

CA

D

appl

icat

ion,

mod

ellin

g an

d pr

actic

e w

ith a

pplic

atio

n in

mec

hani

cal,

indu

stria

l sys

tem

s, el

ectri

cal,

elec

troni

c an

d in

form

atio

n en

gine

erin

g;

b) a

pply

sci

entif

ic c

ompu

ting

softw

are

for

com

putin

g in

sci

ence

and

en

gine

erin

g in

clud

ing

visu

aliz

atio

n an

d pr

ogra

mm

ing;

c)

desi

gn a

nd a

naly

ze p

ract

ical

con

trolle

r ha

rdw

are,

sof

twar

e, a

ctua

tion

devi

ces

and

hum

an-m

achi

ne i

nter

face

for

sim

ple

mec

hatro

nic

syst

ems

incl

udin

g ba

sic

prac

tice

in h

ydra

ulic

, pn

eum

atic

and

ele

ctric

sys

tem

s w

ith

com

mon

en

gine

erin

g co

mpo

nent

s su

ch

as

mot

or

driv

es,

mec

hani

cal d

rives

, gea

rs, c

ams,

belts

, pul

leys

, cou

plin

gs, b

earin

gs, s

eals

an

d fa

sten

ers;

and

d) e

xpla

in b

asic

occ

upat

iona

l hea

lth a

nd in

dust

rial s

afet

y re

quire

men

ts fo

r en

gine

erin

g pr

actic

e.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Sylla

bus:

1.

(TM

8050

) Eng

inee

ring

Dra

win

g an

d C

AD

1.1.

Fu

ndam

enta

ls o

f Eng

inee

ring

Dra

win

g an

d C

AD

Prin

cipl

es o

f or

thog

raph

ic p

roje

ctio

n; s

ectio

ning

; di

men

sion

ing;

sk

etch

ing;

gen

eral

tol

eran

ces

and

surf

ace

finis

hes;

con

vent

iona

l re

pres

enta

tion

of s

crew

thre

ads

and

fast

ener

s; ty

pes

of d

raw

ings

in

clud

ing

part

draw

ing

and

asse

mbl

y dr

awin

g.

In

trodu

ctio

n to

CA

D;

2D d

raw

ings

and

gen

eral

con

cept

s on

3D

co

mpu

ter m

odel

ing

incl

udin

g ex

trudi

ng, r

evol

ving

, sw

eepi

ng, a

nd

lofti

ng; p

aram

etric

feat

ure

base

d so

lid m

odel

ing;

con

stru

ctio

n an

d de

taili

ng o

f so

lid f

eatu

res;

sol

id m

odel

mod

ifica

tion

and

its

limita

tions

; co

ncep

ts o

f as

sem

bly

mod

elin

g in

clud

ing

botto

m u

p an

d to

p do

wn

appr

oach

es

for

the

gene

ratio

n of

pa

rts,

suba

ssem

blie

s, an

d fin

al

asse

mbl

y;

virtu

al

valid

atio

n an

d si

mul

atio

n,

gene

ratio

n of

2D

dr

awin

gs

from

3D

pa

rts

and

asse

mbl

ies;

dr

awin

g an

nota

tion

incl

udin

g di

men

sion

ing,

to

lera

ncin

g, a

nd p

art l

ist.

1.2.

El

ectri

cal D

raw

ing

W

iring

dia

gram

and

wiri

ng t

able

for

ele

ctro

nic

and

elec

trica

l in

stal

latio

n, f

unct

iona

l re

pres

enta

tion

of c

ircui

t, sy

stem

blo

ck

diag

ram

, el

ectri

cal

and

elec

troni

c de

vice

sym

bols

and

lay

out,

arch

itect

ural

wiri

ng d

iagr

am w

ith r

efer

ence

to

the

arch

itect

ural

sy

mbo

ls f

or e

lect

rical

dra

win

gs i

n H

ong

Kon

g an

d in

tern

atio

nal

stan

dard

s.

1.3.

El

ectro

nic

Des

ign

Aut

omat

ion

In

trodu

ctio

n to

ele

ctro

nic

desi

gn a

utom

atio

n so

ftwar

e; c

ircui

t sc

hem

atic

s ca

ptur

e an

d re

pres

enta

tion;

pla

cem

ent o

f co

mpo

nent

s, ca

ptur

ing,

ann

otat

ion,

lab

elin

g, n

et l

ist.

Elec

troni

c pa

rts l

ibra

ry,

sym

bols

, de

cals

, ph

ysic

al

pack

ages

, di

scre

te

com

pone

nts,

inte

grat

ed c

ircui

ts,

logi

c an

d an

alog

ue c

ircui

ts,

elec

troni

c pa

rts

crea

tion

and

appl

icat

ion.

2.

(TM

3012

) Bas

ic S

cien

tific

Com

putin

g

2.1.

In

trodu

ctio

n to

M

ATL

AB

; in

tera

ctiv

e ca

lcul

atio

ns,

rand

om

num

ber

gene

rato

rs,

varia

bles

, ve

ctor

s, m

atric

es

and

strin

g;

mat

hem

atic

al o

pera

tions

, pol

ynom

ial o

pera

tion,

dat

a an

alys

is a

nd

curv

e fit

ting,

file

I/O

func

tions

. 2.

2.

Bas

ic p

lotti

ng,

form

attin

g gr

aph,

2D

and

3D

plo

ts,

anno

tatio

ns,

cont

our,

mes

h an

d su

rfac

e pl

ots,

colo

rmap

.

2.3.

M

-file

pro

gram

min

g an

d de

bugg

ing;

sc

ripts

, fu

nctio

ns,

logi

c op

erat

ions

, flo

w c

ontro

l and

gra

phic

use

r int

erfa

ces.

AI - 50

Page 94: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

3.

(TM

0510

) Bas

ic M

echa

troni

c Pr

actic

e

3.1.

D

efin

ition

s of

mec

hatro

nics

; de

sign

and

ope

ratio

n of

typ

ical

m

echa

troni

c sy

stem

s;

appr

ecia

tion

of

mea

sure

men

t sy

stem

, ac

tuat

or s

yste

m, m

otor

driv

es, m

echa

nica

l dr

ives

, gea

r tra

in a

nd

linka

ge,

pneu

mat

ic a

nd h

ydra

ulic

sys

tem

s, si

gnal

con

ditio

ning

, an

d hu

man

-mac

hine

inte

rfac

es.

3.2.

In

tegr

atio

n of

sys

tem

com

pone

nts

usin

g ap

prop

riate

con

trolle

r ha

rdw

are

and

softw

are

such

as

PLC

, PA

C,

and

Mic

roco

ntro

ller

syst

em;

use

of s

imul

atio

n so

ftwar

e pa

ckag

es f

or p

neum

atic

and

hy

drau

lic c

ircui

t des

ign.

4.

(TM

2009

) Ind

ustri

al S

afet

y

4.1.

Sa

fety

M

anag

emen

t: O

verv

iew

, es

sent

ial

elem

ents

of

sa

fety

m

anag

emen

t, sa

fety

tra

inin

g,

acci

dent

m

anag

emen

t, an

d em

erge

ncy

proc

edur

es.

4.2.

Sa

fety

Law

: F&

IU O

rdin

ance

and

prin

cipa

l re

gula

tions

, O

SH

Ord

inan

ce a

nd p

rinci

pal r

egul

atio

ns.

4.

3.

Occ

upat

iona

l H

ygie

ne a

nd E

nviro

nmen

tal

Safe

ty:

Noi

se h

azar

d an

d co

ntro

l; du

st h

azar

d an

d co

ntro

l; er

gono

mic

s of

man

ual

hand

ling.

4.4.

Sa

fety

Tec

hnol

ogy:

Mec

hani

cal l

iftin

g, fi

re p

reve

ntio

n, d

ange

rous

su

bsta

nces

and

che

mic

al s

afet

y, m

achi

nery

haz

ards

and

gua

rdin

g,

elec

trica

l saf

ety,

firs

t aid

, job

saf

ety

anal

ysis

, fau

lt tre

e an

alys

is,

pers

onal

pro

tect

ive

equi

pmen

t.

Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

The

teac

hing

and

lear

ning

met

hods

incl

ude

lect

ures

, wor

ksho

p tu

toria

ls, a

nd

prac

tical

wor

ks. T

he le

ctur

es a

re a

imed

at p

rovi

ding

stud

ents

with

an

over

all

and

conc

rete

bac

kgro

und

know

ledg

e re

quire

d fo

r un

ders

tand

ing

key

issu

es

in e

ngin

eerin

g co

mm

unic

atio

n, u

se o

f sta

ndar

d en

gine

erin

g co

mpo

nent

s an

d sy

stem

s, an

d im

porta

nce

of i

ndus

trial

saf

ety.

The

wor

ksho

p tu

toria

ls a

re

aim

ed a

t enh

anci

ng st

uden

ts’ i

n-de

pth

know

ledg

e an

d ab

ility

in a

pply

ing

the

know

ledg

e an

d sk

ills

to c

ompl

ete

spec

ific

task

s. Th

e pr

actic

al w

orks

aim

at

faci

litat

ing

stud

ents

to r

evie

w th

e di

vers

e to

pics

cov

ered

in th

is c

ours

e an

d pe

rfor

m a

ctiv

e le

arni

ng w

ith r

esea

rch,

pra

ctic

e, q

uest

ioni

ng,

and

prob

lem

so

lvin

g in

a u

nifie

d ac

tivity

.

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

Wei

ghtin

g (%

)

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g

Out

com

es A

sses

sed

a b

c d

Con

tinuo

us A

sses

smen

t

1. A

ssig

nmen

t / P

roje

ct

Ref

er to

in

divi

dual

M

odul

e D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

2. T

est

3. R

epor

t / L

ogbo

ok

Tota

l 10

0

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

Rem

arks

1. A

ssig

nmen

t / P

roje

ct

The

proj

ect i

s de

sign

ed to

faci

litat

e st

uden

ts to

re

flect

and

app

ly t

he k

now

ledg

e pe

riodi

cally

th

roug

hout

the

train

ing.

2. T

est

Test

is d

esig

ned

to fa

cilit

ate

stud

ents

to re

view

th

e br

eadt

h an

d de

pth

of t

heir

unde

rsta

ndin

g on

spec

ific

topi

cs.

3. R

epor

t / L

ogbo

ok

Rep

ort

/ Lo

gboo

k is

des

igne

d to

fac

ilita

te

stud

ents

to a

cqui

re d

eep

unde

rsta

ndin

g on

the

topi

cs o

f th

e tra

inin

g an

d to

pre

sent

tho

se

conc

epts

cle

arly

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d C

lass

Con

tact

T

M80

50

TM

3012

T

M05

10

TM

2009

Le

ctur

e 12

Hrs

. 9

Hrs

. 6

Hrs

. 14

Hrs

.

In

-cla

ss A

ssig

nmen

t/ H

ands

-on

Prac

tice

36 H

rs.

18 H

rs.

24 H

rs.

1 H

r.

Oth

er S

tudy

Eff

ort

C

ours

ewor

k

4 H

rs.

Tot

al S

tudy

Eff

ort

124

Hrs

.

AI - 51

Page 95: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s R

efer

ence

Sof

twar

e L

ist:

1.

Aut

oCA

D fr

om A

utod

esk

Inc.

2.

Solid

Wor

ks fr

om D

assa

ult S

ystè

mes

Sol

idw

orks

Cor

p.

3.

MA

TLA

B fr

om T

he M

athw

orks

Inc.

4.

PAD

S fr

om M

ento

r Gra

phic

s Inc

.

Ref

eren

ce S

tand

ards

and

Han

dboo

ks:

1.

BS8

888

Tech

nica

l Pro

duct

Spe

cific

atio

n (T

PS) S

peci

ficat

ion.

2.

Cec

il H

. Jen

sen,

et a

l, En

gine

erin

g D

raw

ing

and

Des

ign,

McG

raw

-Hill

, 20

08.

3.

War

rend

ale,

SA

E fa

sten

er s

tand

ards

man

ual,

Soci

ety

of A

utom

otiv

e En

gine

ers,

1997

.

4.

Tim

othy

H W

entz

ell,

et a

l, M

achi

ne D

esig

n, D

elm

ar L

earn

ing,

200

4.

5.

Cze

rnik

, Dan

iel,

Gas

kets

: Des

ign,

Sel

ectio

n, a

nd T

estin

g, M

cGra

w-H

ill,

1995

.

6.

Mic

hael

M. K

hons

ari,

E. R

icha

rd B

oose

r, A

pplie

d Tr

ibol

ogy:

Bea

ring

Des

ign

and

Lubr

icat

ion,

Wile

y-In

ters

cien

ce, 2

001.

7.

IEEE

Sta

ndar

d 31

5 /

AN

SI Y

32.2

/ C

SA Z

99 G

raph

ic S

ymbo

ls f

or

Elec

trica

l and

Ele

ctro

nics

Dia

gram

s.

8.

IEC

610

82 P

repa

ratio

n of

Doc

umen

ts u

sed

in E

lect

rote

chno

logy

.

Ref

eren

ce B

ooks

: Tr

aini

ng m

ater

ial,

man

ual a

nd a

rticl

es p

ublis

hed

by In

dust

rial C

entre

.

AI - 52

Page 96: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

IC21

12

Subj

ect T

itle

IC T

rain

ing

I (EE

)

Cre

dit V

alue

4

Trai

ning

Cre

dits

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

1) T

o pr

ovid

e tra

inee

s w

ith s

imul

ated

wor

king

env

ironm

ents

and

trai

ning

of

indu

stria

l pra

ctic

es in

Ele

ctric

al E

ngin

eerin

g.

2) T

his

subj

ect c

over

s a

wid

e ra

nge

of f

unda

men

tal e

lect

rical

eng

inee

ring

appl

icat

ion

tech

nolo

gy t

hat

incl

udin

g el

ectri

cal

inst

alla

tion

prac

tice,

lig

htin

g an

d el

ectri

cal

syst

em d

esig

n, L

V s

witc

hboa

rd a

nd p

ower

m

onito

ring,

inte

gral

bui

ldin

g sy

stem

and

bas

ic e

lect

roni

c pr

actic

e.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

a)

iden

tify

rele

vant

eng

inee

ring

theo

ries a

nd p

rinci

ples

and

to a

pply

them

in

han

ds-o

n tra

inin

g ex

erci

ses t

o de

term

ine

syst

em fe

asib

ility

;

b)

com

pare

and

con

trast

con

cept

ual d

esig

n, d

evel

op a

ctua

l wor

k se

quen

ces

and

met

hods

for v

ario

us e

lect

rical

inst

alla

tions

;

c)

unde

rtake

the

desi

gn, c

onst

ruct

ion,

test

ing

and

com

mis

sion

ing

elec

trica

l di

strib

utio

n sy

stem

in b

uild

ings

on

the

basi

s of r

ecog

nize

the

engi

neer

ing

stan

dard

s, re

gula

tions

and

pra

ctic

es;

d)

appl

y in

telli

gent

bui

ldin

g co

ntro

l tec

hnol

ogy

effe

ctiv

ely

and

eval

uate

ne

w b

uild

ing

auto

mat

ion/

inte

llige

nt c

ontro

l sch

emes

; and

e)

appl

y th

eir k

now

ledg

e an

d sk

ills f

or sy

stem

ana

lysi

s.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

(TM

0367

) Lig

htin

g an

d El

ectri

cal S

yste

m D

esig

n

Inte

rior l

ight

ing

desi

gn a

nd c

alcu

latio

n; d

aylig

ht il

lum

inat

ion

cons

ider

atio

n;

lum

ens a

nd re

flect

ors;

T5,

T8

and

T11

lam

ps; e

nerg

y co

nser

vatio

n.

Intro

duct

ion

of lo

w-v

olta

ge p

ower

dis

tribu

tion

syst

em a

nd c

ode

of p

ract

ices

of

ele

ctric

al d

esig

n in

Hon

g K

ong;

exa

min

e ar

chite

ctur

al d

raw

ings

; des

ign

light

ing

and

elec

trica

l ser

vice

s; p

repa

re la

yout

dra

win

gs a

nd sc

hem

atic

s.

(TM

0389

) Lo

w-v

olta

ge S

witc

hboa

rd a

nd P

ower

Mon

itorin

g, A

C C

ontro

l an

d PL

C

Spec

ifica

tions

, sta

ndar

ds a

nd re

quire

men

ts o

f LV

sw

itchb

oard

; ID

MTL

and

el

ectro

nic

prot

ectio

n re

lays

; sch

emat

ic d

iagr

am, t

estin

g, c

omm

issi

onin

g an

d m

aint

enan

ce.

Pow

er m

onito

ring

and

anal

ysis

, noi

se a

nd h

arm

onic

s; a

ctiv

e fil

ters

and

real

-tim

e ca

paci

tor b

ank.

Intro

duct

ion

of p

rogr

amm

able

con

trolle

r sys

tem

s, se

nsor

s, ac

tuat

ors,

driv

es,

timer

s, co

unte

rs, l

adde

r log

ic p

rogr

amm

ing

and

test

ing.

(TM

0383

) Int

egra

ted

Bui

ldin

g Sy

stem

s

Prop

rieta

ry a

nd o

pen

syst

ems

(BM

S, E

IB a

nd D

ALI

); se

nsor

s an

d ac

tuat

ors;

w

iring

ci

rcui

t, sc

enes

co

ntro

l; sy

stem

de

sign

, pr

ogra

mm

ing

and

com

mis

sion

ing;

inte

llige

nt b

uild

ing

syst

em in

tegr

atio

n.

(TM

0373

) Ele

ctric

al In

stal

latio

n an

d B

asic

Ele

ctro

nic

Prac

tice

Wiri

ng f

or c

onve

ntio

nal

low

vol

tage

ins

talla

tions

and

int

ellig

ent

build

ing

cont

rol s

yste

ms

(EIB

and

DA

LI);

final

ligh

ting

and

pow

er c

ircui

ts, c

ontro

l ge

ars a

nd p

rote

ctiv

e de

vice

s; in

spec

tion,

test

ing,

Iden

tific

atio

n of

ele

ctro

nic

circ

uit c

ompo

nent

s, so

lder

ing

and

de-s

olde

ring,

D

ry fi

lm p

roce

ss, E

tchi

ng p

roce

ss.

Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

The

teac

hing

and

lear

ning

met

hods

incl

ude

lect

ures

, wor

ksho

p tu

toria

ls, a

nd

prac

tical

w

orks

to

co

nvey

ge

nera

l pr

inci

ples

, te

chni

ques

an

d re

late

d te

chno

logi

es t

o st

uden

ts.

Thei

r le

arni

ng k

now

ledg

e w

ill b

e st

reng

then

ed

thro

ugh

the

prac

tical

exe

rcis

es a

nd c

ase

stud

ies

in a

pro

blem

-bas

ed f

orm

at

for

the

deve

lopm

ent

of s

yste

m i

nteg

ratio

n sk

ills,

and

to e

ffec

tivel

y ap

ply

thos

e on

real

wor

ld e

nviro

nmen

ts.

AI - 53

Page 97: Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering HD in …i HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2013-14 CONTENTS Page (A) Introduction A1 Preamble 1 A2 General Information 1 A3 Curriculum

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

Wei

ghtin

g(%

)

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Ass

esse

d

a b

c d

e TM

0367

Lig

htin

g an

d El

ectri

cal S

yste

m D

esig

n

1. A

ssig

nmen

t 40

2. T

est

30

3. T

rain

ing

Rep

ort

30

Tota

l 10

0

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

Wei

ghtin

g(%

)

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Ass

esse

d

a b

c d

e TM

0389

Low

-Vol

tage

Sw

itchb

oard

and

Pow

er

Mon

itorin

g, A

C C

ontro

l and

PL

C

1. A

ssig

nmen

t 40

2. T

est

30

3. T

rain

ing

Rep

ort

30

Tota

l 10

0

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

Wei

ghtin

g(%

)

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Ass

esse

d

a b

c d

e TM

0383

Inte

grat

ed B

uild

ing

Syst

ems

1. A

ssig

nmen

t 40

2. T

est

30

3. T

rain

ing

Rep

ort

30

Tota

l 10

0

The

assi

gnm

ent

is d

esig

ned

to f

acili

tate

stu

dent

s to

ref

lect

and

app

ly t

he

know

ledg

e pe

riodi

cally

thro

ugho

ut th

e tra

inin

g.

Test

is

desi

gned

to

faci

litat

e st

uden

ts t

o re

view

the

bre

adth

and

dep

th o

f th

eir u

nder

stan

ding

on

spec

ific

topi

cs.

Trai

ning

R

epor

t is

de

sign

ed

to

faci

litat

e st

uden

ts

to

acqu

ire

deep

un

ders

tand

ing

on t

he t

opic

s of

the

tra

inin

g an

d to

pre

sent

tho

se c

once

pts

clea

rly. A

sses

smen

t Met

hods

W

eigh

ting

(%)

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Ass

esse

d

a b

c d

e TM

0373

Ele

ctric

al In

stal

latio

n an

d B

asic

Ele

ctro

nic

Prac

tice

1. A

ssig

nmen

t 40

2. T

est

30

3. T

rain

ing

Rep

ort

30

Tota

l 10

0

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Req

uire

d

Cla

ss C

onta

ct

Le

ctur

e / T

utor

ial /

Dem

onst

ratio

n 30

Hrs

.

W

orks

hop

Prac

tice

88 H

rs.

Te

st

2 H

rs.

Oth

er S

tudy

Eff

ort

0 H

r.

Tot

al S

tudy

Eff

ort

120

Hrs

.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s 1.

Tr

aini

ng m

ater

ial,

man

ual a

nd a

rticl

es p

ublis

hed

by th

e In

dust

rial

Cen

tre.

2.

EMSD

, Cod

e of

Pra

ctic

e fo

r the

Ele

ctric

ity (W

iring

) reg

ulat

ions

, 200

3 Ed

ition

.

3.

IEE

wiri

ng re

gula

tion,

16th

Edi

tion.

AI - 54